lpc2000: Add LPC407x/8x flash size auto detection
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x), Cortex-M3
160 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) and Intel Quark (x10xx)
161 based cores to be debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section Gerrit Review System
266
267 All changes in the OpenOCD Git repository go through the web-based Gerrit
268 Code Review System:
269
270 @uref{http://openocd.zylin.com/}
271
272 After a one-time registration and repository setup, anyone can push commits
273 from their local Git repository directly into Gerrit.
274 All users and developers are encouraged to review, test, discuss and vote
275 for changes in Gerrit. The feedback provides the basis for a maintainer to
276 eventually submit the change to the main Git repository.
277
278 The @file{HACKING} file, also available as the Patch Guide in the Doxygen
279 Developer Manual, contains basic information about how to connect a
280 repository to Gerrit, prepare and push patches. Patch authors are expected to
281 maintain their changes while they're in Gerrit, respond to feedback and if
282 necessary rework and push improved versions of the change.
283
284 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
285
286 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
287 communication between developers:
288
289 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
290
291 @section OpenOCD Bug Tracker
292
293 The OpenOCD Bug Tracker is hosted on SourceForge:
294
295 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/p/openocd/tickets/}
296
297
298 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
299 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
300 @cindex dongles
301 @cindex FTDI
302 @cindex wiggler
303 @cindex zy1000
304 @cindex printer port
305 @cindex USB Adapter
306 @cindex RTCK
307
308 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
309 an adapter .... [snip]
310
311 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
312 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
313 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
314 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
315 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
316 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
317 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
318
319
320 @section Choosing a Dongle
321
322 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
323
324 @enumerate
325 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
326 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
327 other ways to communicate with target devices.
328 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
329 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
330 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
331 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
332 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
333 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
334 Ethernet port needed?
335 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
336 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
337 @end enumerate
338
339 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
340
341 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
342 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
343 running on the developer's host computer.
344 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
345 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
346 IP address assigned to the probe.
347 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
348 OpenOCD debugger.
349 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
350 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
351 the target.
352 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
353 to power cycle the target remotely.
354
355 For more information, visit:
356
357 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
358
359 @section USB FT2232 Based
360
361 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
362 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
363 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
364 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
365 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
366 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
367 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
368 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
369 clocking.)
370
371 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
372 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
373 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
374 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
375 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
376
377 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
378 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
379
380 @itemize @bullet
381 @item @b{usbjtag}
382 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
383 @item @b{jtagkey}
384 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
385 @item @b{jtagkey2}
386 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
387 @item @b{oocdlink}
388 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
389 @item @b{signalyzer}
390 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
391 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
392 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
393 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
394 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
395 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
396 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
397 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
398 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
399 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
400 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
401 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
402 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
403 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
404 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
405 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
406 @item @b{turtelizer2}
407 @* See:
408 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
409 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
410 @item @b{comstick}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
412 @item @b{stm32stick}
413 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
414 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
415 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
416 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
417 @item @b{cortino}
418 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
419 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
420 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
421 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
422 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
423 @item @b{opendous}
424 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
425 (OpenHardware).
426 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
427 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
428
429 @item @b{GW16042}
430 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
431 FT2232H-based
432
433 @end itemize
434 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
435
436 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
437 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
438 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
439 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
440 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
441
442 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
443 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
444 (see the section on driver commands).
445
446 @itemize
447 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
448 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
449 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
450 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
451 @end itemize
452
453 @section USB JLINK based
454 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
455 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
456 AT91SAM764 internally.
457
458 @itemize @bullet
459 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
461 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
462 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
463 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
464 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
465 @end itemize
466
467 @section USB RLINK based
468 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
469 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
470 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
471
472 @itemize @bullet
473 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
474 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
475 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
476 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
477 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
478 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
479 @end itemize
480
481 @section USB ST-LINK based
482 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
483 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
484
485 @itemize @bullet
486 @item @b{ST-LINK}
487 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
488 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
489 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
490 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
491 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
492 @end itemize
493
494 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
495 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
496 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
497 @itemize @bullet
498 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
499 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
500 @end itemize
501
502 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
503 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
504 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
505 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
506
507 @section USB CMSIS-DAP based
508 ARM has released a interface standard called CMSIS-DAP that simplifies connecting
509 debuggers to ARM Cortex based targets @url{http://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/dapdebug/dapdebug_introduction.htm}.
510
511 @section USB Other
512 @itemize @bullet
513 @item @b{USBprog}
514 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
515
516 @item @b{USB - Presto}
517 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
518
519 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
520 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
521
522 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
523 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
524
525 @item @b{Buspirate}
526 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
527
528 @item @b{opendous}
529 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
530
531 @item @b{estick}
532 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
533
534 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
535 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
536 @end itemize
537
538 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
539
540 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
541 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
542 these on the market.
543
544 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
545 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
546 of USB-based ones.
547
548 @itemize @bullet
549
550 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
551 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
552
553 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
554 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
555 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
556
557 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
558 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
559
560 @item @b{Wiggler2}
561 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
562
563 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
564 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
565
566 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
567 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
568
569 @item @b{arm-jtag}
570 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
571
572 @item @b{chameleon}
573 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
574
575 @item @b{Triton}
576 @* Unknown.
577
578 @item @b{Lattice}
579 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
580 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
581
582 @item @b{flashlink}
583 @* From ST Microsystems;
584 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
585
586 @end itemize
587
588 @section Other...
589 @itemize @bullet
590
591 @item @b{ep93xx}
592 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
593
594 @item @b{at91rm9200}
595 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
596
597 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
598 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
599
600 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
601 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
602 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
603
604 @end itemize
605
606 @node About Jim-Tcl
607 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
608 @cindex Jim-Tcl
609 @cindex tcl
610
611 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
612 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
613 command interpreter.
614
615 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
616 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
617 much of anything about Tcl.
618 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
619
620 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
621 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
622 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
623 OpenOCD mailing list.
624
625 @itemize @bullet
626 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
627 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
628 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
629 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
630 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
631 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
632
633 @item @b{Missing Features}
634 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
635 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
636 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
637 enabled in OpenOCD.
638
639 @item @b{Scripts}
640 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
641 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
642 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
643
644 @item @b{Commands}
645 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
646 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
647 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
648 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
649
650 @item @b{Historical Note}
651 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
652 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
653 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
654 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
655
656 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
657 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
658 @end itemize
659
660 @node Running
661 @chapter Running
662 @cindex command line options
663 @cindex logfile
664 @cindex directory search
665
666 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
667 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
668 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. An example rules file
669 that works for many common adapters is shipped with OpenOCD in the
670 @file{contrib} directory. MS-Windows needs
671 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
672 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
673
674 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
675 tell it how each debug session should work.
676 The @option{--help} option shows:
677 @verbatim
678 bash$ openocd --help
679
680 --help | -h display this help
681 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
682 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
683 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
684 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
685 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
686 --command | -c run <command>
687 @end verbatim
688
689 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
690 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
691 To specify one or more different
692 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
693
694 @example
695 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
696 @end example
697
698 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
699 @enumerate
700 @item the current directory,
701 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
702 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
703 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
704 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
705 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
706 @end enumerate
707 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
708
709 @quotation Note
710 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
711 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
712 @end quotation
713
714 @section Simple setup, no customization
715
716 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
717 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
718 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
719 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
720 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
721
722 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
723 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
724 the server with some variation of one of the following:
725
726 @example
727 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
728 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
729 @end example
730
731 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
732 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
733 If all goes well you'll see output something like
734
735 @example
736 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
737 For bug reports, read
738 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
739 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
740 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
741 @end example
742
743 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
744 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
745 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
746
747 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
748
749 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
750 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
751 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
752 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
753 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
754 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
755 ensure that this always succeeds.
756 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
757 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
758 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
759 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
760
761 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
762 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
763 those channels.
764
765 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
766 the @option{-d} option.
767
768 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
769 @option{-c} command line switch.
770
771 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
772 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
773 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
774 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
775 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
776 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
777 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
778
779 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
780 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
781
782 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
783 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
784 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
785 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
786
787 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
788 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
789
790 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
791 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
792 and start the OpenOCD server.
793 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
794 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
795 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
796 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
797
798 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
799
800 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
801 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
802 and a USB cable on the other.
803 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
804 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
805
806 @enumerate
807 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
808 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
809 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
810 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
811 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
812 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
813 debugging host.
814
815 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
816 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
817 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
818 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
819 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
820
821 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
822 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
823 with 1.2 Volt boards.
824
825 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
826 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
827 ways to connect the cable.
828 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
829 Be sure it's firmly connected.
830
831 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
832 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
833 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
834 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
835 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
836 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
837 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
838 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
839
840 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
841 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
842 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
843 but are tedious to set up.
844 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
845 adapter signals to the right board pins.
846
847 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
848 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
849 you are using to run OpenOCD.
850 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
851
852 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
853 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
854 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
855 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
856
857 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
858 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
859 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
860
861 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
862 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
863 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
864 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
865
866 @end enumerate
867
868 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
869 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
870 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
871
872 @section Project Directory
873
874 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
875
876 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
877 single directory for your work with a given board.
878 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
879 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
880 files accessed through semihosting,
881 and for code you upload to the target board.
882 It is also the natural place to write files,
883 such as log files and data you download from the board.
884
885 @section Configuration Basics
886
887 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
888 a variety of ways you can mix them.
889 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
890
891 @itemize
892 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
893 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
894 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
895 @end itemize
896
897 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
898 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
899 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
900
901 @example
902 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
903
904 # GDB can also flash my flash!
905 gdb_memory_map enable
906 gdb_flash_program enable
907
908 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
909 @end example
910
911 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
912
913 @example
914 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
915 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
916 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
917 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
918 @end example
919
920 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
921 each supporting a different development task.
922 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
923 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
924
925 @quotation Important
926 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
927 problems with how it treats variables.
928 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
929 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
930 that can be tested in a later script.
931 @end quotation
932
933 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
934 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
935 to simplify your work.
936
937 @section User Config Files
938 @cindex config file, user
939 @cindex user config file
940 @cindex config file, overview
941
942 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
943 in one place.
944 One of the following will match your situation best:
945
946 @itemize
947 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
948 provided by someone else.
949 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
950 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
951 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
952 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
953 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
954 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
955
956 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
957 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
958
959 @enumerate
960 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
961 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
962 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
963 @end enumerate
964
965 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
966 The first is an interface config file.
967 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
968 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
969 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
970 meet your deadline:
971
972 @example
973 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
974 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
975 @end example
976
977 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
978 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
979 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
980 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
981
982 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
983 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
984 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
985 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
986 target and board
987 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
988 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
989
990 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
991 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
992 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
993 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
994
995 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
996 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
997 giving access to your particular flash chips.
998 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
999 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
1000
1001 @quotation Note
1002 When you write new configuration files, please submit
1003 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
1004 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
1005 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
1006 will help support users of any board using that chip.
1007 @end quotation
1008
1009 @item
1010 You may may need to write some C code.
1011 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
1012 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
1013 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
1014 a new chip architecture.
1015 @end itemize
1016
1017 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
1018 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
1019 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1020
1021 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1022 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1023 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1024 @itemize
1025
1026 @item
1027 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1028 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1029 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1030 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1031
1032 @item
1033 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1034 @cindex vector_catch
1035 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1036 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1037 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1038 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1039 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1040 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1041
1042 @item
1043 You might need to override some defaults.
1044 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1045 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1046
1047 @item
1048 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1049 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1050 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1051 @end itemize
1052
1053 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1054
1055 A few project-specific utility
1056 routines may well speed up your work.
1057 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1058
1059 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1060 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1061 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1062 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1063 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1064 may help:
1065
1066 @example
1067 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1068 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1069 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1070 # Leave the CPU halted.
1071 reset init
1072
1073 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1074 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1075
1076 # Start running.
1077 resume 0x20000000
1078 @}
1079 @end example
1080
1081 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1082 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1083 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1084 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1085 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1086
1087 @example
1088 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1089 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1090 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1091 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1092 reset init
1093
1094 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1095 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1096 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1097 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1098 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1099 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1100 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1101
1102 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1103 reset run
1104 @}
1105 @end example
1106
1107 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1108 from NAND.
1109 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1110 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1111 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1112
1113 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1114 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1115
1116 @section Target Software Changes
1117
1118 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1119 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1120 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1121 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1122 handling issues like:
1123
1124 @itemize @bullet
1125
1126 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1127 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1128 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1129 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1130 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1131 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1132 your debug sessions.
1133
1134 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1135 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1136 That might however be your only option.
1137
1138 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1139 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1140 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1141 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1142 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1143 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1144 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1145 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1146 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1147 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1148 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1149 instead of the whole thing.
1150 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1151 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1152
1153 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1154 @cindex ARM semihosting
1155 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1156 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1157 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1158 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1159 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1160 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1161 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1162 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1163 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1164 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1165 NAND or SPI flash.
1166
1167 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1168 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1169 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1170 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1171 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1172
1173 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1174 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1175 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1176 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1177 registers which can be used to change various features including
1178 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1179 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1180 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1181 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1182 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1183
1184 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1185 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1186 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1187 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1188 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1189
1190 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1191 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1192 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1193 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1194 early code execution can be debugged
1195 or firmware can be replaced.
1196
1197 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1198 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1199 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1200 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1201 operations like writing to memory.)
1202
1203 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1204 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1205 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1206 various kinds of message.
1207 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1208
1209 @end itemize
1210
1211 @section Target Hardware Setup
1212
1213 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1214 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1215 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1216 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1217 working with.}
1218
1219 Common issues include:
1220
1221 @itemize @bullet
1222
1223 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1224 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1225 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1226 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1227 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1228 or one from a daughtercard).
1229 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1230 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1231
1232 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1233 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1234 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1235 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1236 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1237 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1238
1239 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1240 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1241 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1242 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1243 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1244
1245
1246 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1247 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1248 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1249 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1250 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1251 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1252 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1253
1254 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1255 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1256 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1257 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1258 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1259
1260 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1261 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1262 used to start booting.
1263
1264 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1265 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1266 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1267 multiple audio codec chips).
1268 This interacts with software
1269 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1270 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1271 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1272 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1273 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1274 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1275 audio or video codecs are used.
1276
1277 @end itemize
1278
1279 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1280 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1281 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1282 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1283 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1284 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1285 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1286 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1287 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1288 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1289
1290
1291 @node Config File Guidelines
1292 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1293
1294 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1295 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1296 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1297 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1298
1299 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1300 with files including the ones listed here.
1301 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1302 @itemize @bullet
1303 @item @file{interface} ...
1304 These are for debug adapters.
1305 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1306 @example
1307 $ ls interface -R
1308 interface/:
1309 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1310 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1311 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1312 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1313 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1314 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1315 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1316 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1317 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1318 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1319 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1320 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1321 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1322 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1323 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1324 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1325 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1326 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1327 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1328 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1329 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1330 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1333 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1334
1335 interface/ftdi:
1336 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1337 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1338 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1339 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1340 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1341 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1342 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1343 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1344 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1345 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1346 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1347 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1348 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1349 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1350 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1351 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1352 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1353 $
1354 @end example
1355 @item @file{board} ...
1356 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1357 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1358 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1359 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1360 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1361 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1362 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1363 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1364 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1365 a CPU and an FPGA.
1366 @example
1367 $ ls board
1368 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1369 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1370 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1371 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1372 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1373 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1374 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1375 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1376 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1377 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1378 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1379 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1380 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1381 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1382 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1383 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1384 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1385 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1386 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1387 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1388 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1389 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1390 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1391 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1392 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1393 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1394 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1395 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1396 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1397 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1398 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1399 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1400 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1401 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1402 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1403 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1404 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1405 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1406 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1407 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1408 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1409 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1410 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1411 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1412 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1413 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1414 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1415 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1416 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1417 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1418 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1419 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1420 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1421 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1422 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1423 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1424 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1425 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1426 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1427 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1428 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1429 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1430 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1431 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1432 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1433 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1434 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1435 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1436 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1437 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1438 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1439 $
1440 @end example
1441 @item @file{target} ...
1442 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1443 on a chip
1444 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1445 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1446 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1447 the target config file defines all of them.
1448 @example
1449 $ ls target
1450 aduc702x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1451 am335x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1452 amdm37x.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1453 ar71xx.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1454 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1455 at91r40008.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1456 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1457 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1458 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1459 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1460 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1461 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1462 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1463 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1464 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1465 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1466 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1467 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1468 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1469 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1470 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1471 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1472 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1473 at91sam7se512.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1474 at91sam7sx.cfg nuc910.cfg
1475 at91sam7x256.cfg omap2420.cfg
1476 at91sam7x512.cfg omap3530.cfg
1477 at91sam9260.cfg omap4430.cfg
1478 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4460.cfg
1479 at91sam9261.cfg omap5912.cfg
1480 at91sam9263.cfg omapl138.cfg
1481 at91sam9.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1482 at91sam9g10.cfg pxa255.cfg
1483 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa270.cfg
1484 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1485 at91sam9rl.cfg readme.txt
1486 atmega128.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1487 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1488 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1489 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1490 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1491 c100regs.tcl sharp_lh79532.cfg
1492 cs351x.cfg sim3x.cfg
1493 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1494 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1495 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1496 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1497 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1498 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1499 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1500 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1501 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1502 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1503 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1504 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1505 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1506 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1507 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1508 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1509 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1510 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1511 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1512 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1513 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1514 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1515 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1516 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1517 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1518 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1519 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1520 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1521 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1522 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1523 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1524 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1525 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1526 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1527 lpc1763.cfg
1528 @end example
1529 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1530 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1531 @end itemize
1532
1533 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1534 file may override features in any of the above files by
1535 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1536 commands specific to their situation.
1537
1538 @section Interface Config Files
1539
1540 The user config file
1541 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1542
1543 @example
1544 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1545 @end example
1546
1547 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1548 in use today with OpenOCD.
1549 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1550 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1551
1552 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1553 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1554 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1555 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1556 and need to provide a driver for it.
1557
1558 @section Board Config Files
1559 @cindex config file, board
1560 @cindex board config file
1561
1562 The user config file
1563 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1564
1565 @example
1566 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1567 @end example
1568
1569 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1570 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1571 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1572
1573 @enumerate
1574 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1575 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1576 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1577 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1578 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1579 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1580 @end enumerate
1581
1582 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1583 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1584 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1585 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1586
1587 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1588 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1589 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1590 configuration works.
1591
1592 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1593
1594 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1595 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1596 convention on how to use certain variables.
1597
1598 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1599 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1600 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1601 used at will within a target configuration file.
1602
1603 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1604 for a board with three chips:
1605
1606 @example
1607 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1608 set CHIPNAME network
1609 set ENDIAN big
1610 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1611 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1612 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1613 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1614
1615 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1616 set CHIPNAME video
1617 set ENDIAN little
1618 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1619 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1620 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1621 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1622
1623 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1624 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1625 unset ENDIAN
1626 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1627 @end example
1628
1629 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1630 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1631 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1632 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1633 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1634 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1635 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1636 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1637
1638 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1639 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1640 naming collisions.
1641
1642 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1643 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1644 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1645 up other clocks and peripherals.
1646
1647 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1648 @cindex variable names
1649
1650 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1651 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1652 one such chip (as shown above).
1653 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1654 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1655 to promote consistency and
1656 so that board files can override target defaults.
1657
1658 Inputs to target config files include:
1659
1660 @itemize @bullet
1661 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1662 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1663 tap identifier dotted names.
1664 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1665 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1666 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1667 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1668 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1669 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1670 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1671 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1672 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1673 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1674 @end itemize
1675
1676 Outputs from target config files include:
1677
1678 @itemize @bullet
1679 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1680 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1681 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1682 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1683 specific to that board and that target.
1684 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1685 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1686 @end itemize
1687
1688 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1689 @cindex event, reset-init
1690 @cindex reset-init handler
1691
1692 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1693 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1694 fully set up yet.
1695 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1696 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1697 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1698 handler is one of the most important.
1699
1700 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1701 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1702 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1703 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1704 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1705
1706 @quotation Note
1707 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1708 are included here.
1709 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1710 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1711 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1712 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1713 @end quotation
1714
1715 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1716 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1717 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1718 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1719 those as parameters.
1720 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1721 and disabling the watchdog.
1722 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1723 the next developer doing such work.
1724 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1725
1726 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1727 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1728 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1729 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1730
1731 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1732
1733 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1734 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1735 a low JTAG clock rate.
1736 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1737 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1738 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1739 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1740 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1741 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1742 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1743
1744 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1745 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1746 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1747 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1748 which might be less than that.
1749
1750 @quotation Warning
1751 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1752 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1753 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1754 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1755 @end quotation
1756
1757 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1758 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1759 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1760 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1761 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1762 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1763
1764 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1765 @subsection The init_board procedure
1766 @cindex init_board procedure
1767
1768 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1769 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1770 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1771 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1772 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1773 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1774 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1775 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1776 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1777 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1778 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1779 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1780
1781 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1782 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1783
1784 @example
1785 ### board_file.cfg ###
1786
1787 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1788 source [find target/target.cfg]
1789
1790 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1791 # enables fast on-board clock source
1792 # configures the chip to use it
1793 @}
1794
1795 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1796 proc init_board @{@} @{
1797 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1798
1799 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1800 adapter_khz 1
1801 enable_fast_clock
1802 adapter_khz 10000
1803 @}
1804 @}
1805 @end example
1806
1807 @section Target Config Files
1808 @cindex config file, target
1809 @cindex target config file
1810
1811 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1812 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1813 more target config files like this:
1814
1815 @example
1816 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1817 @end example
1818
1819 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1820 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1821 In summary the target files should contain
1822
1823 @enumerate
1824 @item Set defaults
1825 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1826 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1827 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1828 @item On-Chip flash
1829 @end enumerate
1830
1831 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1832 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1833 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1834
1835 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1836 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1837 can talk to the chip.
1838 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1839 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1840 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1841 and other processing engines.
1842
1843 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1844
1845 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1846 letting board config files express environment-specific
1847 differences in how things should be set up.
1848
1849 @example
1850 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1851 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1852 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1853 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1854 @} else @{
1855 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1856 @}
1857
1858 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1859 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1860 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1861 @} else @{
1862 set _ENDIAN little
1863 @}
1864
1865 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1866 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1867 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1868 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1869 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1870 @} else @{
1871 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1872 @}
1873 @end example
1874 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1875
1876 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1877 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1878 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1879
1880 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1881 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1882 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1883
1884 @example
1885 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1886 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1887 @end example
1888
1889 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1890 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1891 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1892 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1893 for taps.
1894
1895 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1896 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1897 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1898 looks (in part) like this:
1899
1900 @example
1901 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1902 @end example
1903
1904 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1905 to source such a config file twice, with different
1906 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1907 it adds a different TAP each time.
1908
1909 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1910 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1911 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1912 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1913
1914 @example
1915 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1916 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1917 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1918 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1919 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1920 @end example
1921
1922 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1923 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1924
1925 @itemize
1926 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1927 plus a JRC to enable them
1928 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1929 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1930 is not currently used)
1931 @end itemize
1932
1933 @subsection Add CPU targets
1934
1935 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1936 GDB and other commands can use it.
1937 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1938 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1939 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1940 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1941
1942 @example
1943 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1944 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1945 @end example
1946
1947 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1948 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1949 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1950 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1951 a work area if you can.
1952 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1953
1954 @example
1955 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1956 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1957 @end example
1958
1959 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1960 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1961 @cindex SMP
1962 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1963
1964 @example
1965 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1966 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1967 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1968 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1969 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1970 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1971 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1972 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1973 @end example
1974 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1975 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1976 @itemize @bullet
1977 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1978 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1979 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1980 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1981 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1982 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1983 @end itemize
1984
1985 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1986 command have been implemented.
1987 @itemize @bullet
1988 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1989 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1990 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1991 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1992 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1993 following example.
1994 @end itemize
1995
1996 @example
1997 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1998 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1999 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2000 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2001 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
2002 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
2003 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2004 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2005 > resume
2006 > cortex_a smp_gdb
2007 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
2008 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
2009 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2010 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
2011 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
2012 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
2013 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2014 @end example
2015
2016
2017 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
2018
2019 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
2020 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2021 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2022
2023 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2024 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2025 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2026 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2027 both signals.
2028
2029 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2030 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2031 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2032 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2033 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2034 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2035 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2036 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2037 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2038 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2039 not available.)
2040
2041 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2042 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2043 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2044 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2045 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2046 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2047 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2048 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2049
2050 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2051 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2052 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2053 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2054 slower clock than they will use later.
2055 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2056 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2057 than they will use later.
2058 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2059
2060 @quotation Important
2061 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2062 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2063 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2064 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2065 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2066 @end quotation
2067
2068 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2069 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2070 @cindex init_targets procedure
2071
2072 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2073 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2074 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2075 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2076 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2077 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2078 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2079 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2080 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2081
2082 @example
2083 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2084
2085 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2086 # basic initialization procedure ...
2087 @}
2088
2089 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2090 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2091 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2092 @}
2093
2094 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2095
2096 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2097
2098 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2099 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2100 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2101 @}
2102 @end example
2103
2104 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2105 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2106
2107 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2108
2109 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2110 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2111
2112 @anchor{theinittargeteventsprocedure}
2113 @subsection The init_target_events procedure
2114 @cindex init_target_events procedure
2115
2116 A special procedure called @code{init_target_events} is run just after
2117 @code{init_targets} (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets
2118 procedure}.) and before @code{init_board}
2119 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.) It is used
2120 to set up default target events for the targets that do not have those
2121 events already assigned.
2122
2123 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2124
2125 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2126 special high speed download features - enable it.
2127
2128 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2129
2130 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2131 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2132 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2133 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2134 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2135 If you are using an external trace port,
2136 configure it in your board config file.
2137 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2138 configure it in your target config file.
2139
2140 @example
2141 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2142 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2143 @end example
2144
2145 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2146
2147 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2148
2149 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2150 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2151 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2152 the TARGET (chip) file.
2153
2154 Examples:
2155 @itemize @bullet
2156 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2157 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2158 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2159 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2160 @end itemize
2161
2162 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2163 @section Translating Configuration Files
2164 @cindex translation
2165 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2166 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2167 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2168 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2169 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2170 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2171
2172 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2173 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2174 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2175 convert other scripts later on.
2176
2177 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2178 replace job:
2179
2180 @example
2181 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2182 #
2183 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2184 #
2185 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2186 #
2187 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2188
2189 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2190 global TARGETNAME
2191
2192 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2193
2194 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2195 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2196 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2197 @}
2198 @end example
2199
2200
2201
2202 @node Daemon Configuration
2203 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2204 @cindex initialization
2205 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2206 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2207 supported.
2208
2209 @anchor{configurationstage}
2210 @section Configuration Stage
2211 @cindex configuration stage
2212 @cindex config command
2213
2214 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2215 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2216 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2217 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2218 inside startup scripts.
2219
2220 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2221 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2222 which may be issued interactively.
2223 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2224 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2225
2226 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2227 flash banks,
2228 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2229 and other basic setup.
2230 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2231 may access or activate TAPs.
2232 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2233 longer be issued.
2234
2235 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2236 @section Entering the Run Stage
2237
2238 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2239 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2240 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2241 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2242 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2243 You should see no errors at this point.
2244 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2245 commands you used to configure the server.
2246 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2247 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2248 on the scan chain.
2249
2250 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2251 become available.
2252 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2253 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2254 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2255 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2256 entry to the run stage.
2257
2258 @deffn {Config Command} init
2259 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2260 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2261 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2262 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2263 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2264 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2265
2266 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2267 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2268 configuration files and/or command line options.
2269
2270 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2271 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2272 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2273 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2274 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2275 @end deffn
2276
2277 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2278 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2279 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2280
2281 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2282 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2283 scan chain.
2284 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2285 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2286
2287 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2288 they return.
2289 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2290 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2291 @end deffn
2292
2293 @anchor{tcpipports}
2294 @section TCP/IP Ports
2295 @cindex TCP port
2296 @cindex server
2297 @cindex port
2298 @cindex security
2299 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2300 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2301 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2302
2303 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2304 access using one or more of these ports.
2305 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2306 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2307 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2308
2309 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2310 @cindex GDB server
2311 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2312 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2313 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2314 the normal use cases.
2315
2316 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2317 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2318 disables the gdb server.
2319
2320 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2321 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2322
2323 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2324 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2325
2326 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2327 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2328 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2329
2330 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2331 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2332 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2333 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2337 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2338 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2339 output from the Tcl engine.
2340 Intended as a machine interface.
2341 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2342 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2343
2344 @end deffn
2345
2346 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2347 Specify or query the
2348 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2349 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2350 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2351 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2352 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2353 @end deffn
2354
2355 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2356 @section GDB Configuration
2357 @cindex GDB
2358 @cindex GDB configuration
2359 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2360 The ones listed here are static and global.
2361 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2362 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2363
2364 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2365 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2366 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2367 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2368 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2369 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2370 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2371 @end deffn
2372
2373 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2374 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2375 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2376 vFlash packet is received.
2377 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2378 @end deffn
2379
2380 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2381 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2382 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2383 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2384 for flash programming to work.
2385 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2386 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2387 @end deffn
2388
2389 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2390 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2391 by GDB memory read packets.
2392 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2393 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2394 @end deffn
2395
2396 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2397 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2398 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2399 @end deffn
2400
2401 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2402 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2403
2404 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2405 @end deffn
2406
2407 @anchor{eventpolling}
2408 @section Event Polling
2409
2410 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2411 where significant events can happen at any time.
2412 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2413 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2414 or to GDB.
2415
2416 Examples of such events include:
2417
2418 @itemize
2419 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2420 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2421 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2422 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2423 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2424 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2425 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2426 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2427 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2428 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2429 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2430 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2431 @end itemize
2432
2433 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2434 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2435 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2436 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2437 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2438
2439 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2440 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2441 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2442 to the various active targets.
2443 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2444 which is normally done in the background.
2445
2446 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2447 Poll the current target for its current state.
2448 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2449 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2450 specific information about the current state is printed.
2451 An optional parameter
2452 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2453
2454 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2455 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2456 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2457 @example
2458 > poll
2459 background polling: on
2460 target state: halted
2461 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2462 current mode: Supervisor
2463 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2464 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2465 >
2466 @end example
2467 @end deffn
2468
2469 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2470 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2471 @cindex config file, interface
2472 @cindex interface config file
2473
2474 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2475 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2476 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2477
2478 @quotation Note
2479 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2480 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2481 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2482 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2483 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2484 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2485 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2486 @end quotation
2487
2488 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2489 through commands in an interface configuration
2490 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2491 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2492
2493 @example
2494 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2495 @end example
2496
2497 These commands tell
2498 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2499 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2500
2501 @example
2502 # jlink interface
2503 interface jlink
2504 @end example
2505
2506 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2507
2508
2509 @section Interface Configuration
2510
2511 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2512 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2513 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2514
2515 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2516 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2517 target.
2518 @end deffn
2519
2520 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2521 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2522 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2523 @end deffn
2524 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2525 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2526 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2527 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2528 the hardware can support.
2529 @end deffn
2530
2531
2532
2533 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2534 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2535 @end deffn
2536
2537 @section Interface Drivers
2538
2539 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2540 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2541 available at run time.
2542
2543 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2544 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2545 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2546 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2547
2548 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2549 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2550 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2551 @end deffn
2552
2553 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2554 Displays status of RTCK option.
2555 Optionally sets that option first.
2556 @end deffn
2557 @end deffn
2558
2559 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2560 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2561 This has one driver-specific command:
2562
2563 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2564 Logs some status
2565 @end deffn
2566 @end deffn
2567
2568 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2569 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2570 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2571 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2572 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2573 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2574 @end deffn
2575
2576 @deffn {Interface Driver} {cmsis-dap}
2577 ARM CMSIS-DAP compliant based adapter.
2578
2579 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2580 The vendor ID and product ID of the CMSIS-DAP device. If not specified
2581 the driver will attempt to auto detect the CMSIS-DAP device.
2582 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2583 @example
2584 cmsis_dap_vid_pid 0xc251 0xf001 0x0d28 0x0204
2585 @end example
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_serial} [serial]
2589 Specifies the @var{serial} of the CMSIS-DAP device to use.
2590 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2591 @end deffn
2592
2593 @deffn {Command} {cmsis-dap info}
2594 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2595 @end deffn
2596 @end deffn
2597
2598 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2599 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2600 @end deffn
2601
2602 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2603 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2604 @end deffn
2605
2606 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2607 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2608
2609 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2610 recommended as its replacement.
2611
2612 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2613 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2614
2615 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2616 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2617 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2618 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2619 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2620 @end deffn
2621
2622 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2623 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2624 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2625 is connected to the host.
2626 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2627 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2628 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2629 @end deffn
2630
2631 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2632 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2633 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2634 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2635 @itemize @minus
2636 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2637 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2638 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2639 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2640 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2641 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2642 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2643 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2644 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2645 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2646 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2647 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2648 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2649 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2650 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2651 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2652 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2653 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2654 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2655 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2656 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2657 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2658 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2659 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2660 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2661 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2662 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2663 @end itemize
2664 @end deffn
2665
2666 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2667 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2668 default values are used.
2669 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2670 @example
2671 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2672 @end example
2673 @end deffn
2674
2675 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2676 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2677 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2678 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2679 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2680 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2681 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2682 @end deffn
2683
2684 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2685 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2686 The default value is 1.
2687 @end deffn
2688
2689 For example, the interface config file for a
2690 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2691
2692 @example
2693 interface ft2232
2694 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2695 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2696 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2697 @end example
2698 @end deffn
2699
2700 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2701 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2702 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2703 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2704 interface driver.
2705
2706 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2707 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2708 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2709
2710 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2711 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2712 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2713
2714 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2715 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2716 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2717 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2718 will be used for their customary purpose.
2719
2720 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2721 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2722 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2723 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2724
2725 @itemize @minus
2726 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2727 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2728 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2729 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2730 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2731 switching data and direction as necessary
2732 @end itemize
2733
2734 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2735 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2736
2737 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2738 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2739 default values are used.
2740 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2741 @example
2742 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2743 @end example
2744 @end deffn
2745
2746 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2747 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2748 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2749 during device selection.
2750 @end deffn
2751
2752 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2753 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2754 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2755 is connected to the host.
2756 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2757 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2758 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2759 @end deffn
2760
2761 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2762 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2763 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2764 @end deffn
2765
2766 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2767 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2768 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2769 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2770 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2771 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2772 and initially asserted reset signals.
2773 @end deffn
2774
2775 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask] [@option{-alias}|@option{-nalias} name]
2776 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2777 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2778 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2779 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2780 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2781 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2782 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2783 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2784
2785 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2786 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2787 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2788 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2789 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2790 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2791
2792 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2793 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2794 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2795 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2796 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2797 are always driven by the FTDI.
2798
2799 If @option{-alias} or @option{-nalias} is used, the signal is created
2800 identical (or with data inverted) to an already specified signal
2801 @var{name}.
2802 @end deffn
2803
2804 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2805 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2806 @itemize @minus
2807 @item @option{0}, drive low
2808 @item @option{1}, drive high
2809 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2810 @end itemize
2811 @end deffn
2812
2813 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2814 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2815 @end deffn
2816
2817 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2818 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2819 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2820 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2821
2822 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2823 processors which are being simulated.
2824
2825 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2826 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2827 sockets instead of TCP.
2828 @end deffn
2829
2830 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2831 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2832 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2833 @end deffn
2834
2835 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2836 something like:
2837
2838 @example
2839 interface remote_bitbang
2840 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2841 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2842 @end example
2843
2844 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2845 named mysocket:
2846
2847 @example
2848 interface remote_bitbang
2849 remote_bitbang_port 0
2850 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2851 @end example
2852 @end deffn
2853
2854 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2855 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2856 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2857 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2858
2859 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2860 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2861 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2862 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2863 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2864 @end deffn
2865
2866 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2867 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2868 default values are used.
2869 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2870 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2871 @example
2872 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2873 @end example
2874 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2875 @example
2876 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2877 @end example
2878 @end deffn
2879
2880 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2881 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2882 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2883 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2884
2885 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2886 @example
2887 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2888 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2889 @end example
2890 @end deffn
2891
2892 @end deffn
2893
2894 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2895 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2896 This has one driver-specific command:
2897
2898 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2899 Display either the address of the I/O port
2900 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2901 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2902 This is a write-once setting.
2903 @end deffn
2904 @end deffn
2905
2906 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2907 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports JTAG and SWD transports.
2908
2909 @quotation Compatibility Note
2910 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2911 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2912 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2913 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2914 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2915 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2916 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2917 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2918 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2919 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2920 @end quotation
2921
2922 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2923 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2924 @end deffn
2925 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2926 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2927 @end deffn
2928 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2929 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2930 @end deffn
2931 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2932 Display the J-Link configuration.
2933 @end deffn
2934 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2935 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2936 @end deffn
2937 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2938 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2939 @end deffn
2940 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2941 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2942 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2943 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2944 @end deffn
2945 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2946 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2947 @end deffn
2948 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2949 Reset the current configuration.
2950 @end deffn
2951 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2952 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2953 @end deffn
2954 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2955 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2956 @end deffn
2957 @deffn {Config} {jlink serial} serial-number
2958 Set the @var{serial-number} of the interface, in case more than one adapter is connected to the host.
2959 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2960
2961 Note that there may be leading zeros in the @var{serial-number} string
2962 that will not show in the Segger software, but must be specified here.
2963 Debug level 3 output contains serial numbers if there is a mismatch.
2964
2965 As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2966 @end deffn
2967 @end deffn
2968
2969 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2970 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2971 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2972 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2973 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2974
2975 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2976 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2977 This is a write-once setting.
2978 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2979
2980 @itemize @minus
2981 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2982 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2983 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2984 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2985 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2986 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2987 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2988 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2989 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2990 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2991 some versions of
2992 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2993 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2994 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2995 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2996 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2997 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2998 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2999 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
3000 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
3001 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
3002 @end itemize
3003 @end deffn
3004
3005 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
3006 Display either the address of the I/O port
3007 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
3008 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
3009 This is a write-once setting.
3010
3011 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
3012 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
3013 you may encounter a problem.
3014 @end deffn
3015
3016 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
3017 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
3018 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
3019 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
3020 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
3021 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
3022
3023 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
3024 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
3025 @quotation Tip
3026 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
3027 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
3028 @example
3029 > parport_toggling_time 1000
3030 > adapter_khz 500
3031 @end example
3032 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
3033 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
3034 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
3035 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
3036 large set of samples.
3037 Update the setting to match your measurement:
3038 @example
3039 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
3040 @end example
3041 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
3042 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
3043
3044 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
3045 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
3046 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
3047 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
3048 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
3049 @end quotation
3050 @end deffn
3051
3052 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
3053 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
3054 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
3055 @end deffn
3056
3057 For example, the interface configuration file for a
3058 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
3059
3060 @example
3061 interface parport
3062 parport_port 0x278
3063 parport_cable wiggler
3064 @end example
3065 @end deffn
3066
3067 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3068 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3069 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3070 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3071 @end deffn
3072 @end deffn
3073
3074 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3075 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3076 @end deffn
3077
3078 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3079 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3080 @end deffn
3081
3082 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3083 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3084
3085 @quotation Note
3086 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3087 which are not currently documented here.
3088 @end quotation
3089 @end deffn
3090
3091 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3092 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3093 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3094 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3095
3096 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3097 STLINK firmware version >= V2.J21.S4 recommended due to issues with earlier
3098 versions of firmware where serial number is reset after first use. Suggest
3099 using ST firmware update utility to upgrade STLINK firmware even if current
3100 version reported is V2.J21.S4.
3101
3102 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3103 Currently Not Supported.
3104 @end deffn
3105
3106 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3107 Specifies the serial number of the adapter.
3108 @end deffn
3109
3110 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3111 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3112 @end deffn
3113
3114 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3115 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3116 @end deffn
3117
3118 @deffn {Command} {hla_command} command
3119 Execute a custom adapter-specific command. The @var{command} string is
3120 passed as is to the underlying adapter layout handler.
3121 @end deffn
3122
3123 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3124 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3125 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3126 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3127 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3128 @end deffn
3129 @end deffn
3130
3131 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3132 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3133 @end deffn
3134
3135 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3136 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3137 @end deffn
3138
3139 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3140 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3141 @end deffn
3142
3143 @quotation Note
3144 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3145 which are not currently documented here.
3146 @end quotation
3147
3148 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3149 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3150 No arguments: print status.
3151 @end deffn
3152
3153 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3154 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3155 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3156
3157 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3158 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3159 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3160 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3161 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3162 configuration on exit.
3163
3164 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3165 pinout.
3166
3167 @end deffn
3168
3169 @section Transport Configuration
3170 @cindex Transport
3171 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3172 and the debug adapter you are using,
3173 several transports may be available to
3174 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3175 @deffn Command {transport list}
3176 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3177 version of OpenOCD.
3178 @end deffn
3179
3180 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3181 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3182 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3183 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3184 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3185 @end deffn
3186
3187 @subsection JTAG Transport
3188 @cindex JTAG
3189 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3190 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3191 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3192 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3193 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3194 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3195 @subsection SWD Transport
3196 @cindex SWD
3197 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3198 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3199 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3200 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3201 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3202 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3203 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3204 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3205 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3206 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3207 expected to change.
3208 @end deffn
3209 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3210 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3211 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3212 No parameters: displays current settings.
3213 @end deffn
3214
3215 @subsection CMSIS-DAP Transport
3216 @cindex CMSIS-DAP
3217 CMSIS-DAP is an ARM-specific transport that is used to connect to
3218 compilant debuggers.
3219
3220 @subsection SPI Transport
3221 @cindex SPI
3222 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3223 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3224 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3225 solution for flash programming.
3226
3227 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3228 @section JTAG Speed
3229 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3230 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3231 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3232 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3233 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3234 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3235 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3236 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3237 power management software that may be active.
3238
3239 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3240 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3241 target event handler.
3242 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3243 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3244 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3245 sets up those clocks).
3246 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3247 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3248 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3249 in the target config file.
3250 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3251 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3252 config file instead.
3253 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3254 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3255 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3256
3257 @example
3258 jtag_rclk 3000
3259 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3260 @end example
3261
3262 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3263 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3264 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3265 may not be the fastest solution.
3266
3267 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3268 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3269 which support adaptive clocking.
3270
3271 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3272 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3273 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3274 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3275 than the speed specified.
3276
3277 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3278 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3279 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3280 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3281
3282 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3283 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3284 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3285 JTAG clocking after setup.
3286 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3287 If the interface device can not
3288 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3289 @end deffn
3290
3291 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3292 @cindex adaptive clocking
3293 @cindex RTCK
3294 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3295 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3296 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3297 @example
3298 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3299 jtag_rclk 3000
3300 @end example
3301 @end defun
3302
3303 @node Reset Configuration
3304 @chapter Reset Configuration
3305 @cindex Reset Configuration
3306
3307 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3308 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3309 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3310 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3311 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3312 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3313 Please see the various board files for examples.
3314
3315 @quotation Note
3316 To maintainers and integrators:
3317 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3318 Normally the board configuration file
3319 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3320 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3321
3322 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3323 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3324 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3325 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3326 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3327 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3328 @end quotation
3329
3330 @section Types of Reset
3331
3332 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3333 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3334 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3335
3336 @itemize @bullet
3337 @item
3338 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3339 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3340 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3341 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3342 @item
3343 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3344 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3345 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3346 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3347 @item
3348 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3349 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3350 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3351 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3352 @item
3353 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3354 several other types of reset.
3355 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3356 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3357 There may be individual module resets.
3358 @end itemize
3359
3360 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3361 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3362 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3363 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3364 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3365 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3366 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3367 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3368 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3369
3370 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3371 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3372
3373 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3374 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3375 common issues are:
3376
3377 @itemize @bullet
3378
3379 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3380 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3381 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3382 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3383 when either of those signals is not connected.
3384 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3385 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3386 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3387 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3388
3389 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3390 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3391 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3392 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3393
3394 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3395 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3396 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3397 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3398 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3399 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3400 hardware debouncing.
3401 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3402 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3403
3404 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3405 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3406 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3407 to use push/pull output drivers.
3408 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3409 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3410 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3411 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3412
3413 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3414 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3415 issues (not limited to errata).
3416 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3417 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3418 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3419 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3420 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3421 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3422 @end itemize
3423
3424 There can also be other issues.
3425 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3426 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3427 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3428 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3429 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3430 Agreement (NDA).
3431
3432 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3433 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3434 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3435
3436 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3437 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3438
3439 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3440
3441 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3442 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3443 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3444 allowing it to be deasserted.
3445 @end deffn
3446
3447 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3448 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3449 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3450 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3451 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3452 @end deffn
3453
3454 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3455 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3456 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3457 allowing it to be deasserted.
3458 @end deffn
3459
3460 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3461 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3462 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3463 @end deffn
3464
3465 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3466 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3467 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3468 configuration scripts.
3469
3470 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3471 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3472 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3473 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3474 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3475 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3476 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3477 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3478
3479 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3480 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3481 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3482 -- may be specified at a time.
3483 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3484 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3485 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3486 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3487 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3488
3489 @itemize
3490 @item
3491 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3492 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3493 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3494 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3495 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3496
3497 @quotation Tip
3498 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3499 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3500 @end quotation
3501
3502 @item
3503 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3504 signal implementations.
3505 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3506 indicating everything behaves normally.
3507 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3508 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3509 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3510 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3511 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3512 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3513 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3514
3515 @item
3516 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3517 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3518 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3519 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3520 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3521 while SRST is asserted.
3522 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3523 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3524
3525 @item
3526 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3527 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3528 is required to use this option.
3529 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3530 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3531 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3532 be asserted before any target connection.
3533 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3534 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3535 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3536 @end itemize
3537
3538 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3539 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3540 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3541 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3542 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3543
3544 @itemize
3545 @item
3546 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3547 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3548 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3549 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3550
3551 @item
3552 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3553 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3554 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3555 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3556 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3557 @end itemize
3558 @end deffn
3559
3560 @section Custom Reset Handling
3561 @cindex events
3562
3563 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3564 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3565 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3566 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3567 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3568 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3569
3570 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3571 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3572 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3573 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3574 want to reset everything at once.
3575
3576 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3577 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3578 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3579 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3580 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3581 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3582 needs special attention.
3583
3584 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3585 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3586 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3587 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3588 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3589 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3590 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3591 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3592
3593 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3594 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3595 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3596 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3597 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3598
3599 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3600 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3601 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3602 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3603 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3604 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3605 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3606 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3607 or potentially some other value.
3608
3609 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3610 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3611 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3612 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3613 (or their associated targets)
3614 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3615
3616 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3617 they return.
3618 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3619 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3620 @end deffn
3621
3622 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3623 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3624 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3625 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3626 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3627 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3628 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3629 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3630 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3631 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3632 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3633 @end deffn
3634
3635 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3636 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3637 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3638 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3639 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3640 @end deffn
3641
3642
3643 @node TAP Declaration
3644 @chapter TAP Declaration
3645 @cindex TAP declaration
3646 @cindex TAP configuration
3647
3648 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3649 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3650
3651 @itemize @bullet
3652 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target.
3653 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3654 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3655 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3656 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3657 start running that code.
3658 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3659 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3660 and missing connections.
3661 @end itemize
3662
3663 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3664 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3665 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3666 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3667 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3668
3669 @section Scan Chains
3670 @cindex scan chain
3671
3672 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3673 which is a daisy chain of TAPs.
3674 They also need to be added to
3675 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3676 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3677 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3678 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3679 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3680 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3681 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3682 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3683
3684 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3685 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3686 command, presented in the next chapter.
3687 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3688 debugging targets.)
3689 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3690
3691 @verbatim
3692 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3693 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3694 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3695 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3696 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3697 @end verbatim
3698
3699 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3700 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3701 Unfortunately, those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3702 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3703 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3704 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3705 until they are told to do so.
3706
3707 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3708 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3709 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3710 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3711
3712 @example
3713 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3714 @end example
3715
3716 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3717 by a given chip.
3718 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3719 and so forth.
3720 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3721 That declaration order must match the order in the JTAG scan chain,
3722 both inside a single chip and between them.
3723 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3724
3725 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3726 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3727 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3728 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3729 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3730 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3731 includes commands something like this:
3732
3733 @example
3734 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3735 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3736 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3737 @end example
3738
3739 Actual config files typically use a variable such as @code{$_CHIPNAME}
3740 instead of literals like @option{str912}, to support more than one chip
3741 of each type. @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3742
3743 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3744 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3745 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3746 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3747 @example
3748 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3749 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3750 @}
3751 @end example
3752 @end deffn
3753
3754 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3755 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3756 and their status.
3757 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3758 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3759 but systems with a JTAG router can
3760 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3761 @end deffn
3762
3763 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3764 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3765
3766 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3767 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3768
3769 @section TAP Names
3770 @cindex dotted name
3771
3772 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3773 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3774 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3775 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3776 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3777 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3778 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3779 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3780
3781 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3782 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3783 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3784
3785 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3786
3787 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3788 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3789 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3790 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3791
3792 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3793 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3794 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3795 overridable.
3796
3797 @cindex TAP naming convention
3798 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3799 and should follow this convention:
3800
3801 @itemize @bullet
3802 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a separate TAP;
3803 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3804 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3805 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips with two ARMs, and so forth;
3806 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3807 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3808 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEPick modules
3809 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3810 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only for FPGA- or CPLD-like devices
3811 with a single TAP;
3812 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3813 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3814 For example, the Freescale i.MX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3815 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3816 @end itemize
3817
3818 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3819
3820 @itemize @bullet
3821 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3822 @*The length in bits of the
3823 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3824 @end itemize
3825
3826 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3827
3828 @itemize @bullet
3829 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3830 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3831 linked into the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3832 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3833 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3834 (the TAP is linked in).
3835 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3836 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{NUMBER}
3837 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3838 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3839 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3840 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3841 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3842 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3843 values that were found but not included in the list.
3844
3845 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3846 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3847 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3848 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3849 hardware to find these values.
3850 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3851 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3852 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3853 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3854 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3855 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3856 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3857 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3858 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3859 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3860 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3861 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3862 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3863 additional bits if you know them, or indicate that
3864 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3865 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3866 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3867 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3868 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3869 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3870 @end itemize
3871 @end deffn
3872
3873 @section Other TAP commands
3874
3875 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name
3876 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name handler
3877 At this writing this TAP attribute
3878 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3879 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3880 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3881 See the next section for information about the available events.
3882
3883 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3884 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3885 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3886 @end deffn
3887
3888 @section TAP Events
3889 @cindex events
3890 @cindex TAP events
3891
3892 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3893 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3894 The other applies to debugger targets,
3895 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3896
3897 The TAP events currently defined are:
3898
3899 @itemize @bullet
3900 @item @b{post-reset}
3901 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3902 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3903 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3904 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3905 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3906
3907 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3908 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3909 of any particular target.
3910 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3911 @item @b{setup}
3912 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3913 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3914 @item @b{tap-disable}
3915 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3916 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3917 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3918 @item @b{tap-enable}
3919 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3920 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3921 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3922 @end itemize
3923
3924 If you need some action after each JTAG reset which isn't actually
3925 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3926 contents to be accurate), you might:
3927
3928 @example
3929 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3930 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3931 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3932 @}
3933 @end example
3934
3935
3936 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3937 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3938 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3939 @cindex jrc
3940
3941 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3942 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3943 Many ARM-based chips from Texas Instruments include
3944 an ``ICEPick'' module, which is a JRC.
3945 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3946
3947 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3948 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3949 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3950 be visible.
3951 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3952 ignores, such as:
3953
3954 @itemize
3955 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3956 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3957 TAPs receive new instructions.
3958 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3959 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3960 @end itemize
3961
3962 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3963 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3964 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3965 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3966
3967 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3968 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3969
3970 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3971 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3972 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3973 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3974 should define TAP event handlers using
3975 code that looks something like this:
3976
3977 @example
3978 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3979 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3980 @}
3981 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3982 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3983 @}
3984 @end example
3985
3986 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3987
3988 @example
3989 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3990 @end example
3991
3992 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3993 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3994 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3995 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3996
3997 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3998 If necessary, disables the tap
3999 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
4000 Returns the string "1" if the tap
4001 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
4002 and "0" if it is disabled.
4003 @end deffn
4004
4005 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
4006 If necessary, enables the tap
4007 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
4008 Returns the string "1" if the tap
4009 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
4010 and "0" if it is disabled.
4011 @end deffn
4012
4013 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
4014 Returns the string "1" if the tap
4015 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
4016 and "0" if it is disabled.
4017
4018 @quotation Note
4019 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
4020 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
4021 @end quotation
4022 @end deffn
4023
4024 @anchor{autoprobing}
4025 @section Autoprobing
4026 @cindex autoprobe
4027 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
4028
4029 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
4030 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
4031 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
4032 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
4033
4034 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
4035 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
4036 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
4037 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
4038 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
4039 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
4040 right when they come out of reset).
4041
4042 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
4043
4044 @example
4045 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
4046 reset_config trst_and_srst
4047 jtag_rclk 8
4048 @end example
4049
4050 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
4051 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
4052
4053 @enumerate
4054 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
4055 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
4056 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
4057 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
4058 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
4059 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
4060 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
4061 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
4062 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
4063 that is discovered.
4064 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
4065 register, it will report it.
4066 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
4067 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
4068 @end enumerate
4069
4070 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4071 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4072 that's a bit more complex:
4073
4074 @example
4075 clock speed 8 kHz
4076 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4077 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4078 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4079 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4080 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4081 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4082 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4083 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4084 @end example
4085
4086 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4087 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4088 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4089 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4090 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4091 and so forth.
4092
4093 @node CPU Configuration
4094 @chapter CPU Configuration
4095 @cindex GDB target
4096
4097 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4098 You can also access these targets without GDB
4099 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4100 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4101 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4102 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4103
4104 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4105 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4106
4107 @section Target List
4108 @cindex target, current
4109 @cindex target, list
4110
4111 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4112 where each member has a name.
4113 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4114 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4115 (plural!) command.
4116 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4117 look like with more than one:
4118 @verbatim
4119 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4120 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4121 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4122 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4123 @end verbatim
4124
4125 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4126 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4127 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4128 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4129 space seen by that current target.
4130 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4131 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4132 are examples; and there are many more.
4133
4134 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4135
4136 @deffn Command {target current}
4137 Returns the name of the current target.
4138 @end deffn
4139
4140 @deffn Command {target names}
4141 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4142 @example
4143 foreach t [target names] @{
4144 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4145 @}
4146 @end example
4147 @end deffn
4148
4149 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4150 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4151
4152 @deffn Command targets [name]
4153 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4154 command names are singular.}
4155
4156 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4157 targets in a user friendly form.
4158
4159 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4160 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4161 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4162 @end deffn
4163
4164 @section Target CPU Types
4165 @cindex target type
4166 @cindex CPU type
4167
4168 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4169 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4170 when calling @command{target create}.
4171 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4172 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4173 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4174 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4175 what core-specific commands may be available
4176 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4177 and more.
4178
4179 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4180 since there's a command to list them.
4181
4182 @anchor{targettypes}
4183 @deffn Command {target types}
4184 Lists all supported target types.
4185 At this writing, the supported CPU types are:
4186
4187 @itemize @bullet
4188 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4189 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4190 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4191 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4192 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4193 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4194 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4195 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4196 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4197 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4198 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4199 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4200 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4201 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4202 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4203 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4204 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4205 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core
4206 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4207 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4208 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4209 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4210 @itemize @minus
4211 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4212 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4213 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4214 @end itemize
4215 And two debug interfaces cores:
4216 @itemize @minus
4217 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4218 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4219 @end itemize
4220 @end itemize
4221 @end deffn
4222
4223 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4224 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4225 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4226 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4227 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4228 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4229 reflect design generations;
4230 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4231 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4232
4233 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4234 @section Target Configuration
4235
4236 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4237 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4238 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4239 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4240 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4241
4242 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4243 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4244 optional parts.
4245 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4246 command, created as part of target creation.
4247
4248 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4249 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4250 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4251 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4252 to be much more board-specific.
4253 The key steps you use might look something like this
4254
4255 @example
4256 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4257 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4258 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4259 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4260 @end example
4261
4262 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4263 on-chip SRAM.
4264 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4265 writes to target memory;
4266 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4267 GDB memory checksumming;
4268 and more.
4269
4270 @quotation Warning
4271 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4272 inaccessible when application code
4273 (such as an operating system)
4274 enables or disables the MMU.
4275 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4276 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4277 easy access to other addresses needed.
4278 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4279 @end quotation
4280
4281 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4282 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4283 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4284 controllers.
4285 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4286 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4287 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4288
4289 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4290 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4291 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4292 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4293 purposes including additional configuration.
4294
4295 @itemize @bullet
4296 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4297 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4298 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4299 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4300
4301 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4302 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4303 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4304 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4305 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4306 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4307 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4308
4309 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4310 @end itemize
4311 @end deffn
4312
4313 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4314 The options accepted by this command may also be
4315 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4316 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4317 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4318
4319 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4320 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4321 and changing its endianness.
4322
4323 @itemize @bullet
4324
4325 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4326 used to access this target.
4327
4328 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4329 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4330
4331 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4332 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4333 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4334 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4335 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4336 same event name assigns only one handler.
4337
4338 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4339 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4340 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4341 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4342 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4343 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4344 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4345
4346 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4347 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4348 or virtual address is being used.
4349
4350 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4351 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4352
4353 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4354 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4355 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4356 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4357 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4358
4359 @anchor{rtostype}
4360 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4361 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4362 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4363 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4364
4365 @end itemize
4366 @end deffn
4367
4368 @section Other $target_name Commands
4369 @cindex object command
4370
4371 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4372 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4373
4374 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4375 Once a button is created a button
4376 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4377 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4378 configure it like this:
4379
4380 @example
4381 # Create
4382 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4383 # Modify
4384 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4385 # Query
4386 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4387 # Report
4388 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4389 @end example
4390
4391 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4392 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4393
4394 @example
4395 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4396 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4397 @end example
4398
4399 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4400
4401 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4402 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4403 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4404 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4405 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4406 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4407 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4408 They are not otherwise documented here.
4409 @end deffn
4410
4411 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4412 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4413 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4414 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4415 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4416 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4417 the target side uses raw memory.
4418
4419 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4420 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4421 The script orientation comes from working with data
4422 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4423 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4424 and neither store nor return those values.
4425
4426 @itemize
4427 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4428 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4429 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4430 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4431 @end itemize
4432 @end deffn
4433
4434 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4435 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4436 @command{$target_name configure}
4437 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4438 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4439 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4440 There are a few special cases:
4441
4442 @itemize @bullet
4443 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4444 event named @var{event_name}.
4445 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4446 two parameters.
4447 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4448 This is a special case because this is set using
4449 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4450 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4451 @end itemize
4452
4453 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4454 all the targets you might use something like this:
4455
4456 @example
4457 foreach name [target names] @{
4458 set y [$name cget -endian]
4459 set z [$name cget -type]
4460 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4461 $x $name $y $z]
4462 @}
4463 @end example
4464 @end deffn
4465
4466 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4467 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4468 Displays the current target state:
4469 @code{debug-running},
4470 @code{halted},
4471 @code{reset},
4472 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4473 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4474 @end deffn
4475
4476 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4477 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4478 currently associated with this target.
4479 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4480 @end deffn
4481
4482 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4483 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4484 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4485 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4486 @end deffn
4487
4488 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4489 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4490 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4491 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4492 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4493 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4494 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4495 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4496 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4497 @end deffn
4498
4499 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4500 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4501 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4502 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4503 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4504 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4505 @end deffn
4506
4507 @anchor{targetevents}
4508 @section Target Events
4509 @cindex target events
4510 @cindex events
4511 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4512 For example:
4513 @itemize @bullet
4514 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4515 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4516 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4517 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4518 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4519 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4520 to set up system clocks or
4521 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4522 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4523 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4524 @end itemize
4525
4526 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4527 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4528 @command{target create ... -event}.
4529
4530 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4531 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4532 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4533
4534 @example
4535 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4536 echo "Reset..."
4537 reset halt
4538 @}
4539 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4540 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4541 echo "Reset..."
4542 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4543 reset init
4544 @}
4545 @end example
4546
4547 The following target events are defined:
4548
4549 @itemize @bullet
4550 @item @b{debug-halted}
4551 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4552 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4553 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4554 @item @b{early-halted}
4555 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4556 @item @b{examine-start}
4557 @* Before target examine is called.
4558 @item @b{examine-end}
4559 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4560 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4561 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4562 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4563 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4564 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4565 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4566 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4567 @* When GDB disconnects
4568 @item @b{gdb-end}
4569 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4570 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4571 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash (default is
4572 @code{reset init})
4573 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4574 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4575 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4576 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4577 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4578 @* After GDB writes to the flash (default is @code{reset halt})
4579 @item @b{gdb-start}
4580 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4581 @item @b{halted}
4582 @* The target has halted
4583 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4584 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4585 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4586 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4587 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4588 @item @b{reset-assert}
4589 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4590 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4591 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4592 it instead of asserting SRST.
4593 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4594 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4595 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4596 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4597 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4598 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4599 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4600 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4601 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4602 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4603 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4604 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4605 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4606 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4607 released on the scan chain.
4608 @item @b{reset-end}
4609 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4610 @ignore
4611 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4612 @* Currently not used
4613 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4614 @* Currently not used
4615 @end ignore
4616 @item @b{reset-init}
4617 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4618 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4619
4620 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4621 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4622 multiplexing, and so on.
4623 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4624 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4625 @item @b{reset-start}
4626 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4627 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4628
4629 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4630 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4631 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4632 @ignore
4633 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4634 @* Currently not used
4635 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4636 @* Currently not used
4637 @end ignore
4638 @item @b{resume-start}
4639 @* Before any target is resumed
4640 @item @b{resume-end}
4641 @* After all targets have resumed
4642 @item @b{resumed}
4643 @* Target has resumed
4644 @end itemize
4645
4646 @node Flash Commands
4647 @chapter Flash Commands
4648
4649 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4650 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4651 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4652 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4653 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4654 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4655 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4656 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4657 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4658
4659 Flash Steps:
4660 @enumerate
4661 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4662 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4663 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4664 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4665 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4666 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4667 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4668 @item GDB Flashing
4669 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4670 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4671 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4672 @end enumerate
4673
4674 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4675 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4676 so that it can't boot.
4677 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4678 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4679
4680 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4681 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4682 @cindex flash configuration
4683
4684 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4685 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4686 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4687 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4688 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4689 see the driver-specific documentation.
4690
4691 @itemize @bullet
4692 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4693 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4694 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4695 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4696 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4697 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4698 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4699 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4700 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4701 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4702 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4703 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4704 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4705 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4706 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4707 commands to the flash controller.
4708 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4709 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4710 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4711 for more information.
4712 @end itemize
4713 @quotation Note
4714 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4715 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4716 @end quotation
4717 @end deffn
4718
4719 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4720 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4721 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4722 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4723 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4724 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4725 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4726 @end deffn
4727
4728 @deffn Command {flash list}
4729 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4730 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4731 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4732 @end deffn
4733
4734 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4735 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4736 depends on the flash type.
4737 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4738 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4739 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4740 but most don't bother.
4741 @end deffn
4742
4743 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4744 @cindex flash erasing
4745 @cindex flash reading
4746 @cindex flash writing
4747 @cindex flash programming
4748 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4749
4750 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4751 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4752 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4753 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4754 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4755
4756 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4757 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4758 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4759 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4760 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4761
4762 @quotation Note
4763 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4764 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4765 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4766 back to a flash bank.
4767 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4768 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4769 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4770 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4771 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4772 @end quotation
4773
4774 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4775 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4776 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4777 disabled first.
4778 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4779 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4780 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4781
4782 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4783 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4784 up to and including @var{last}.
4785 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4786 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4787 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4788 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4789 @end deffn
4790
4791 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4792 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4793 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4794 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4795 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4796 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4797 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4798 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4799 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4800 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4801 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4802 before erase starts.
4803 @end deffn
4804
4805 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4806 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4807 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4808 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4809 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4810 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4811 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4812 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4813 before issuing this command.
4814 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4815 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4816 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4817 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4818 @end deffn
4819 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4820
4821 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4822 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4823 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4824 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4825 @end deffn
4826
4827 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4828 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4829 Only loadable sections from the image are written.
4830 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4831 to the base address for each section in the image.
4832 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4833 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4834 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4835 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4836 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4837 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4838 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4839 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4840 each image section.
4841
4842 @quotation Warning
4843 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4844 data you want to preserve.
4845 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4846 sections might be erased with no notice.
4847 @itemize
4848 @item
4849 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4850 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4851 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4852 @item
4853 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4854 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4855 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4856 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4857 @end itemize
4858 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4859 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4860 @end quotation
4861
4862 @end deffn
4863
4864 @section Other Flash commands
4865 @cindex flash protection
4866
4867 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4868 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4869 and display that status.
4870 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4871 @end deffn
4872
4873 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4874 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4875 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4876 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4877 and possibly stale information.
4878 @end deffn
4879
4880 @anchor{flashprotect}
4881 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4882 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4883 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4884 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4885 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4886 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4887 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4888 @end deffn
4889
4890 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4891 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4892 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4893 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4894 @end deffn
4895
4896 @anchor{program}
4897 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [exit] [offset]
4898 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4899 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4900 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4901 @end deffn
4902
4903 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4904 @section Flash Driver List
4905 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4906 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4907 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4908
4909 @subsection External Flash
4910
4911 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4912 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4913 @cindex CFI
4914 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4915 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4916 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4917 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4918 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4919 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4920 configure a bus and its timings), or
4921 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4922 on the flash chip.
4923 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4924 speed up operation.
4925
4926 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4927
4928 @itemize
4929 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4930 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4931 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4932 @end itemize
4933
4934 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4935 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4936
4937 @example
4938 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4939 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4940 @end example
4941
4942 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4943 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4944 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4945
4946 @example
4947 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4948 @end example
4949
4950 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4951 @end deffn
4952
4953 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4954 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4955 @cindex SPIFI
4956 @cindex lpcspifi
4957 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4958 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4959 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4960
4961 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4962 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4963 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4964 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4965 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4966
4967 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4968 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4969 are configured by the driver.
4970
4971 @example
4972 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4973 @end example
4974
4975 @end deffn
4976
4977 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4978 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4979 @cindex SMI
4980 @cindex stmsmi
4981 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4982 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4983 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4984 SPI flash devices.
4985 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4986 flash devices can be connected.
4987
4988 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4989 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4990 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4991 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4992 the flash content.
4993
4994 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4995 to identify the memory bank.
4996 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4997 flash size, are detected automatically.
4998
4999 @example
5000 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5001 @end example
5002
5003 @end deffn
5004
5005 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
5006
5007 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
5008 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
5009 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5010 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
5011 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
5012 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
5013
5014 @example
5015 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5016 @end example
5017 @end deffn
5018
5019 @anchor{at91samd}
5020 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91samd
5021 @cindex at91samd
5022
5023 @deffn Command {at91samd chip-erase}
5024 Issues a complete Flash erase via the Device Service Unit (DSU). This can be
5025 used to erase a chip back to its factory state and does not require the
5026 processor to be halted.
5027 @end deffn
5028
5029 @deffn Command {at91samd set-security}
5030 Secures the Flash via the Set Security Bit (SSB) command. This prevents access
5031 to the Flash and can only be undone by using the chip-erase command which
5032 erases the Flash contents and turns off the security bit. Warning: at this
5033 time, openocd will not be able to communicate with a secured chip and it is
5034 therefore not possible to chip-erase it without using another tool.
5035
5036 @example
5037 at91samd set-security enable
5038 @end example
5039 @end deffn
5040
5041 @deffn Command {at91samd eeprom}
5042 Shows or sets the EEPROM emulation size configuration, stored in the User Row
5043 of the Flash. When setting, the EEPROM size must be specified in bytes and it
5044 must be one of the permitted sizes according to the datasheet. Settings are
5045 written immediately but only take effect on MCU reset. EEPROM emulation
5046 requires additional firmware support and the minumum EEPROM size may not be
5047 the same as the minimum that the hardware supports. Set the EEPROM size to 0
5048 in order to disable this feature.
5049
5050 @example
5051 at91samd eeprom
5052 at91samd eeprom 1024
5053 @end example
5054 @end deffn
5055
5056 @deffn Command {at91samd bootloader}
5057 Shows or sets the bootloader size configuration, stored in the User Row of the
5058 Flash. This is called the BOOTPROT region. When setting, the bootloader size
5059 must be specified in bytes and it must be one of the permitted sizes according
5060 to the datasheet. Settings are written immediately but only take effect on
5061 MCU reset. Setting the bootloader size to 0 disables bootloader protection.
5062
5063 @example
5064 at91samd bootloader
5065 at91samd bootloader 16384
5066 @end example
5067 @end deffn
5068
5069 @end deffn
5070
5071 @anchor{at91sam3}
5072 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
5073 @cindex at91sam3
5074 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
5075 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
5076 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5077 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5078 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5079 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5080 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5081 chips are confirmed.}
5082
5083 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5084 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5085 the following fixed locations:
5086
5087 @example
5088 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5089 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5090 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5091 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5092 @end example
5093
5094 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5095 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5096 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5097
5098 @itemize
5099 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5100 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5101 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5102 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5103 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5104 @end itemize
5105
5106 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5107
5108 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5109 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5110 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5111 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5112 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5113 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5114 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5115
5116 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5117 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5118 @end deffn
5119
5120 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5121 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5122 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5123 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5124 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5125 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5126 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5127 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5128 @end deffn
5129
5130 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5131 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5132 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5133 @end deffn
5134 @end deffn
5135
5136 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5137 @cindex at91sam4
5138 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5139 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5140 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5141 @end deffn
5142
5143 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5144 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5145 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5146 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5147 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5148
5149 @example
5150 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5151 @end example
5152
5153 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5154 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5155
5156 @itemize
5157 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5158 @item @var{banks}
5159 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5160 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5161 @item @var{pages_size}
5162 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5163 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5164 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5165 @end itemize
5166
5167 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5168 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5169 will be autoconfigured.
5170 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5171
5172 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5173 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5174 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5175 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5176 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5177
5178 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5179 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5180 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5181 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5182 are not truly general purpose).
5183 @quotation Note
5184 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5185 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5186 @end quotation
5187 @end deffn
5188 @end deffn
5189
5190 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5191 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5192 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5193 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5194 @end deffn
5195
5196 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5197 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5198 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5199 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5200 autoconfigures itself.
5201 @example
5202 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5203 @end example
5204 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5205 supported.}
5206 @end deffn
5207
5208 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5209 This is the driver to support internal flash of all members of the
5210 LPC11(x)00 and LPC1300 microcontroller families and most members of
5211 the LPC800, LPC1500, LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4000 and LPC54100
5212 microcontroller families from NXP.
5213
5214 @quotation Note
5215 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5216 driver:
5217 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5218 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5219 @end quotation
5220
5221 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5222 which must appear in the following order:
5223
5224 @itemize
5225 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5226 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5227 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5228 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x and LPC177x/8x)
5229 @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5230 LPC43x[2357])
5231 @option{lpc800} (LPC8xx)
5232 @option{lpc1100} (LPC11(x)xx and LPC13xx)
5233 @option{lpc1500} (LPC15xx)
5234 @option{lpc54100} (LPC541xx)
5235 @option{lpc4000} (LPC40xx)
5236 or @option{auto} - automatically detects flash variant and size for LPC11(x)00,
5237 LPC8xx, LPC13xx, LPC17xx and LPC40xx
5238 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5239 at which the core is running
5240 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5241 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5242 @quotation Note
5243 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5244 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5245 However, if you do provide it,
5246 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5247 @end quotation
5248 @end itemize
5249
5250 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5251
5252 @example
5253 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5254 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5255 @end example
5256
5257 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5258 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5259 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5260 @end deffn
5261 @end deffn
5262
5263 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5264 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5265 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5266 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5267 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5268 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5269
5270 @example
5271 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5272 @end example
5273 @end deffn
5274
5275 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5276 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5277 from NXP.
5278
5279 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5280 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5281 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5282 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5283 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5284 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5285 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5286 you start the PLL.
5287
5288 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5289
5290 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5291 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5292 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5293
5294 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5295 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5296 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5297 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5298 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5299 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5300 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5301
5302 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5303 @example
5304 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5305 @end example
5306
5307 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5308 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5309 @code{flash banks} command.
5310
5311 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5312 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5313 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5314 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5315 a known signature.
5316 Example:
5317 @example
5318 lpc2900 signature 0
5319 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5320 @end example
5321 @end deffn
5322
5323 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5324 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5325 saves it to a file in binary format.
5326 Example:
5327 @example
5328 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5329 @end example
5330 @end deffn
5331
5332 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5333 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5334 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5335 command:
5336
5337 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5338 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5339 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5340 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5341
5342 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5343 Example:
5344 @example
5345 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5346 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5347 @end example
5348 @end deffn
5349
5350 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5351 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5352 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5353 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5354 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5355 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5356 912 bytes.
5357 @quotation Attention
5358 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5359 @end quotation
5360 Example:
5361 @example
5362 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5363 @end example
5364 @end deffn
5365
5366 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5367 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5368 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5369 after the next power cycle.
5370 @quotation Attention
5371 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5372 @end quotation
5373 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5374 Example:
5375 @example
5376 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5377 flash info 0
5378 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5379 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5380 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5381 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5382 @end example
5383 @end deffn
5384
5385 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5386 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5387 effective after the next power cycle.
5388 @quotation Attention
5389 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5390 @end quotation
5391 Examples:
5392 @example
5393 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5394 @end example
5395 @end deffn
5396 @end deffn
5397
5398 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5399 This driver is an implementation of the ``on chip flash loader''
5400 protocol proposed by Pavel Chromy.
5401
5402 It is a minimalistic command-response protocol intended to be used
5403 over a DCC when communicating with an internal or external flash
5404 loader running from RAM. An example implementation for AT91SAM7x is
5405 available in @file{contrib/loaders/flash/at91sam7x/}.
5406
5407 @example
5408 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5409 @end example
5410 @end deffn
5411
5412 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5413 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5414 and integrate flash memory.
5415
5416 @example
5417 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5418 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5419 @end example
5420
5421 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5422 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5423 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5424 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5425 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5426 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5427 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5428 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5429 @end deffn
5430 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5431 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5432 This will remove any Code Protection.
5433 @end deffn
5434 @end deffn
5435
5436 @deffn {Flash Driver} psoc4
5437 All members of the PSoC 41xx/42xx microcontroller family from Cypress
5438 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M0 cores.
5439 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5440 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5441
5442 Note: Erased internal flash reads as 00.
5443 System ROM of PSoC 4 does not implement erase of a flash sector.
5444
5445 @example
5446 flash bank $_FLASHNAME psoc4 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5447 @end example
5448
5449 psoc4-specific commands
5450 @deffn Command {psoc4 flash_autoerase} num (on|off)
5451 Enables or disables autoerase mode for a flash bank.
5452
5453 If flash_autoerase is off, use mass_erase before flash programming.
5454 Flash erase command fails if region to erase is not whole flash memory.
5455
5456 If flash_autoerase is on, a sector is both erased and programmed in one
5457 system ROM call. Flash erase command is ignored.
5458 This mode is suitable for gdb load.
5459
5460 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5461 @end deffn
5462
5463 @deffn Command {psoc4 mass_erase} num
5464 Erases the contents of the flash memory, protection and security lock.
5465
5466 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5467 @end deffn
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5471 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx, LM4x and Tiva C microcontroller
5472 families from Texas Instruments include internal flash. The driver
5473 automatically recognizes a number of these chips using the chip
5474 identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5475 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5476 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5477 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5478
5479 @example
5480 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5481 @end example
5482
5483 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5484 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5485 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5486 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5487 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5488 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5489
5490 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5491 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5492 @quotation Warning
5493 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5494 applied to all of them.
5495 @end quotation
5496 @end deffn
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5500 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5501 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5502 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5503 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5504
5505 @example
5506 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5507 @end example
5508
5509 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5510 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5511 the flash driver.
5512
5513 @example
5514 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5515 @end example
5516
5517 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5518 as per the following example.
5519 @example
5520 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5521 @end example
5522
5523 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5524 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5525 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5526 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5527 are defined:
5528
5529 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5530 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5531 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5532 @end deffn
5533
5534 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5535 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5536 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5537 @end deffn
5538
5539 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5540 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5541 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5542 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5543 @end deffn
5544
5545 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5546 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5547 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5548 @end deffn
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5552 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5553 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5554 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5555 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5556
5557 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5558 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5559 the flash driver.
5560
5561 @example
5562 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5563 @end example
5564
5565 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5566
5567 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5568 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5569 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5570 @end deffn
5571
5572 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5573 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5574 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5575 @end deffn
5576 @end deffn
5577
5578 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5579 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5580 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 and Cortex-M0+ cores.
5581 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5582 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5583
5584 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5585 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5586 the flash driver. If you use 0 as the bank base address, it tells the
5587 driver to autodetect the bank location assuming you're configuring the
5588 second bank.
5589
5590 @example
5591 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0x08000000 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5592 @end example
5593
5594 Some stm32lx-specific commands are defined:
5595
5596 @deffn Command {stm32lx mass_erase} num
5597 Mass erases the entire stm32lx device (all flash banks and EEPROM
5598 data). This is the only way to unlock a protected flash (unless RDP
5599 Level is 2 which can't be unlocked at all).
5600 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5601 @end deffn
5602 @end deffn
5603
5604 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5605 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5606 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5607 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5608 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5609
5610 @example
5611 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5612 @end example
5613
5614 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5615 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5616 for the specified flash bank.
5617 @end deffn
5618 @end deffn
5619
5620 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5621 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5622 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5623 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5624 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5625
5626 @example
5627 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5628 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5629 @end example
5630
5631 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5632 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5633 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5634
5635 @itemize @bullet
5636 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5637 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5638 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5639 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5640 @end itemize
5641 @end deffn
5642
5643 @end deffn
5644
5645 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5646 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5647 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5648 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5649
5650 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5651
5652 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5653 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5654 @end deffn
5655
5656 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5657 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5658 @end deffn
5659
5660 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5661 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5662 the flash clock.
5663 @end deffn
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5667 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5668 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5669
5670 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5671
5672 @itemize
5673 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5674 @end itemize
5675
5676 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5677 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5678 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5679 @example
5680 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5681 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5682 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5683 @end example
5684 @end deffn
5685
5686 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5687 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5688 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5689 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5690 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5691 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5692 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5693
5694 @example
5695 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5696 @end example
5697 @end deffn
5698
5699 @deffn {Flash Driver} sim3x
5700 All members of the SiM3 microcontroller family from Silicon Laboratories
5701 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. It supports both JTAG
5702 and SWD interface.
5703 The @var{sim3x} driver tries to probe the device to auto detect the MCU.
5704 If this failes, it will use the @var{size} parameter as the size of flash bank.
5705
5706 @example
5707 flash bank $_FLASHNAME sim3x 0 $_CPUROMSIZE 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5708 @end example
5709
5710 There are 2 commands defined in the @var{sim3x} driver:
5711
5712 @deffn Command {sim3x mass_erase}
5713 Erases the complete flash. This is used to unlock the flash.
5714 And this command is only possible when using the SWD interface.
5715 @end deffn
5716
5717 @deffn Command {sim3x lock}
5718 Lock the flash. To unlock use the @command{sim3x mass_erase} command.
5719 @end deffn
5720
5721 @end deffn
5722
5723 @subsection str9xpec driver
5724 @cindex str9xpec
5725
5726 Here is some background info to help
5727 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5728 the str9:
5729 @enumerate
5730 @item
5731 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5732 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5733 @item
5734 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5735 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5736 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5737 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5738 @end enumerate
5739
5740 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5741 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5742 configured for flash bank 0.
5743 @example
5744 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5745 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5746 jtag_reset 0 1
5747 # turn off target polling
5748 poll off
5749 # disable str9 core
5750 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5751 # read option bytes
5752 str9xpec options_read 0
5753 # re-enable str9 core
5754 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5755 poll on
5756 reset halt
5757 @end example
5758 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5759 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5760 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5761 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5762
5763 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5764 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5765 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5766 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5767 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5768
5769 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5770
5771 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5772 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5773 @end deffn
5774
5775 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5776 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5777 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5778 @end deffn
5779
5780 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5781 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5782 erase the device.
5783 @end deffn
5784
5785 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5786 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5787 @end deffn
5788
5789 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5790 Configure str9 boot bank.
5791 @end deffn
5792
5793 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5794 Configure str9 lvd source.
5795 @end deffn
5796
5797 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5798 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5799 @end deffn
5800
5801 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5802 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5803 @end deffn
5804
5805 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5806 Read str9 option bytes.
5807 @end deffn
5808
5809 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5810 Write str9 option bytes.
5811 @end deffn
5812
5813 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5814 unlock str9 device.
5815 @end deffn
5816
5817 @end deffn
5818
5819 @deffn {Flash Driver} nrf51
5820 All members of the nRF51 microcontroller families from Nordic Semiconductor
5821 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0 core.
5822
5823 @example
5824 flash bank $_FLASHNAME nrf51 0 0x00000000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5825 @end example
5826
5827 Some nrf51-specific commands are defined:
5828
5829 @deffn Command {nrf51 mass_erase}
5830 Erases the contents of the code memory and user information
5831 configuration registers as well. It must be noted that this command
5832 works only for chips that do not have factory pre-programmed region 0
5833 code.
5834 @end deffn
5835
5836 @deffn {Flash Driver} mrvlqspi
5837 This driver supports QSPI flash controller of Marvell's Wireless
5838 Microcontroller platform.
5839
5840 The flash size is autodetected based on the table of known JEDEC IDs
5841 hardcoded in the OpenOCD sources.
5842 @end deffn
5843 @end deffn
5844
5845 @section mFlash
5846
5847 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5848 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5849
5850 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5851 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5852 address @var{base}.
5853 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5854 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5855
5856 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5857
5858 @example
5859 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5860 @end example
5861
5862 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5863
5864 @example
5865 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5866 @end example
5867 @end deffn
5868
5869 @subsection mFlash commands
5870 @cindex mFlash commands
5871
5872 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5873 Configure mflash PLL.
5874 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5875 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5876 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5877 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5878 @end deffn
5879
5880 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5881 Configure bootable option.
5882 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5883 (4kB) for boot.
5884 @end deffn
5885
5886 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5887 Configure storage information.
5888 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5889 written.
5890 @end deffn
5891
5892 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5893 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5894 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5895 @end deffn
5896
5897 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5898 Probe mflash.
5899 @end deffn
5900
5901 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5902 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5903 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5904 @end deffn
5905
5906 @node Flash Programming
5907 @chapter Flash Programming
5908
5909 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5910 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5911 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5912
5913 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5914 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and optionally shutdown.
5915
5916 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5917 @enumerate
5918 @item 'init' is executed.
5919 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5920 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5921 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5922 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5923 @item OpenOCD is shutdown if @option{exit} parameter is given.
5924 @end enumerate
5925
5926 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5927
5928 @example
5929 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5930 # are optional parameters
5931 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5932 -c "program filename.elf verify reset exit"
5933
5934 # binary files need the flash address passing
5935 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5936 -c "program filename.bin exit 0x08000000"
5937 @end example
5938
5939 @node NAND Flash Commands
5940 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5941 @cindex NAND
5942
5943 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5944 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5945 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5946
5947 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5948 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5949 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5950 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5951 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5952 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5953
5954 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5955 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5956 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5957 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5958 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5959 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5960 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5961 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5962 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5963 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5964
5965 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5966 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5967 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5968 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5969 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5970 every 512 bytes of data.
5971
5972 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5973 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5974 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5975 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5976 ECC mode is used.
5977
5978 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5979 @enumerate
5980 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5981 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5982 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5983 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5984 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5985 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5986 to access that device.
5987 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5988 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5989 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5990 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5991 de-brick a board.
5992 @end enumerate
5993
5994 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5995 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5996 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5997 are only 32 bits wide.
5998 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5999 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
6000 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
6001 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
6002
6003 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
6004 @section NAND Configuration Commands
6005 @cindex NAND configuration
6006
6007 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
6008 plus some additional configuration that's done after
6009 OpenOCD has initialized.
6010
6011 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
6012 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
6013 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
6014 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
6015 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
6016 they were a single (larger) device.
6017 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
6018 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
6019
6020 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
6021 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
6022 configuration files, not interactively.
6023
6024 @itemize @bullet
6025 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
6026 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
6027 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
6028 associated with the NAND device being declared.
6029 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
6030 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
6031 commands to the NAND controller.
6032 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
6033 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
6034 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
6035 for more information.
6036 @end itemize
6037 @end deffn
6038
6039 @deffn Command {nand list}
6040 Prints a summary of each device declared
6041 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
6042 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
6043 @example
6044 > nand list
6045 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
6046 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
6047 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
6048 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
6049 >
6050 @end example
6051 @end deffn
6052
6053 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
6054 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
6055 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
6056 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6057 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
6058 it with most other NAND commands.
6059 @end deffn
6060
6061 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
6062
6063 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
6064 @cindex NAND reading
6065 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
6066 starting at the specified offset.
6067 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6068
6069 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6070 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6071
6072 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
6073 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
6074 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
6075
6076 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
6077 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
6078 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
6079 method which handled that error correction.
6080
6081 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
6082 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
6083 @itemize @bullet
6084 @item no oob_* parameter
6085 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
6086 @item @code{oob_raw}
6087 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
6088 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
6089 spare areas associated with each data page.
6090 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
6091 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
6092 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
6093 @item @code{oob_only}
6094 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
6095 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
6096 spare areas associated with each data page.
6097 @end itemize
6098 @end deffn
6099
6100 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
6101 @cindex NAND erasing
6102 @cindex NAND programming
6103 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
6104 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
6105 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6106 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6107 If those parameters are not specified,
6108 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
6109 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6110
6111 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
6112 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
6113 block marker.
6114 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
6115 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
6116 @end deffn
6117
6118 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
6119 @cindex NAND writing
6120 @cindex NAND programming
6121 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
6122 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
6123 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
6124 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6125
6126 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6127 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6128
6129 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6130 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
6131 past the end of the device.
6132 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
6133 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
6134 if that's being written.)
6135
6136 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
6137 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
6138 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
6139
6140 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
6141 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
6142 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
6143 @itemize @bullet
6144 @item no oob_* parameter
6145 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6146 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
6147 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6148 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
6149 with hardware-computed ECC data.
6150 @item @code{oob_only}
6151 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
6152 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
6153 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
6154 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
6155 @item @code{oob_raw}
6156 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
6157 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
6158 un-altered OOB.
6159 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6160 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
6161 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
6162 @item @code{oob_softecc}
6163 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6164 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
6165 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
6166 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6167 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6168 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
6169 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6170 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
6171 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
6172 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6173 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6174 @end itemize
6175 @end deffn
6176
6177 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
6178 @cindex NAND verification
6179 @cindex NAND programming
6180 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
6181 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
6182 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6183
6184 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6185 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6186
6187 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6188 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6189 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6190 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6191 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6192
6193 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6194 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6195 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6196
6197 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6198 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6199 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6200 be removed in a future release.
6201 @end deffn
6202
6203 @section Other NAND commands
6204 @cindex NAND other commands
6205
6206 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6207 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6208 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6209 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6210 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6211 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6212 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6213 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6214
6215 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6216 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6217 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6218 @end deffn
6219
6220 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6221 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6222 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6223 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6224 status for each block.
6225 @end deffn
6226
6227 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6228 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6229 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6230
6231 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6232 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6233 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6234 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6235 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6236
6237 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6238 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6239 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6240 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6241 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6242 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6243 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6244 @end deffn
6245
6246 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6247 @section NAND Driver List
6248 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6249 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6250 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6251
6252 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6253 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6254 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6255 address of the ECC controller.
6256 @example
6257 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6258 @end example
6259 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6260 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6261 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6262 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6263 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6264 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6265 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6266 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6267 @end deffn
6268 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6269 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6270 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6271 @end deffn
6272
6273 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6274 properly configured for input or output.
6275 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6276 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6277 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6278 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6279 @end deffn
6280 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6281 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6282 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6283 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6284 @end deffn
6285 @end deffn
6286
6287 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6288 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6289 chips from Texas Instruments.
6290 It takes three extra parameters:
6291 address of the NAND chip;
6292 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6293 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6294 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6295 @example
6296 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6297 @end example
6298 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6299 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6300 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6301 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6302 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6303 @end deffn
6304
6305 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6306 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6307 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6308 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6309 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6310 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6311 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6312 @end deffn
6313
6314 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6315 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6316 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6317 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6318 @end deffn
6319 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6320
6321 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6322 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6323 should work for this chip aswell.
6324 @end deffn
6325
6326 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6327 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6328 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6329 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6330 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6331 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6332 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6333 @example
6334 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6335 @end example
6336 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6337 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6338 without parameter query status.
6339 @end deffn
6340 @end deffn
6341
6342 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6343 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6344 parameter: the address of the controller.
6345 @example
6346 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6347 @end example
6348 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6349 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6350 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6351 change any behavior.
6352 @end deffn
6353
6354 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6355 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6356 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6357 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6358 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6359 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6360 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6361 specialized commands.
6362 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6363 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6364 change any behavior.
6365 @end deffn
6366
6367 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6368 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6369 @cindex PLD
6370 @cindex FPGA
6371
6372 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6373 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6374 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6375 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6376 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6377 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6378 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6379
6380 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6381
6382 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6383 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6384 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6385
6386 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6387 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6388
6389 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6390 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6391 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6392 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6393 behavior.
6394 @end deffn
6395
6396 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6397 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6398 @end deffn
6399
6400 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6401 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6402 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6403 @end deffn
6404
6405 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6406
6407 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6408 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6409 that particular type of PLD.
6410
6411 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6412 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6413 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6414 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6415 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6416
6417 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6418 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6419 for FPGA @var{num}.
6420 @end deffn
6421 @end deffn
6422
6423 @node General Commands
6424 @chapter General Commands
6425 @cindex commands
6426
6427 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6428 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6429 commands are documented elsewhere.
6430
6431 Intent:
6432 @itemize @bullet
6433 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6434 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6435 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6436 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6437
6438 @item @b{From the human}
6439 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6440 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6441
6442 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6443 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6444 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6445
6446 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6447 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6448 port is 5555.
6449 @end itemize
6450
6451
6452 @section Daemon Commands
6453
6454 @deffn {Command} exit
6455 Exits the current telnet session.
6456 @end deffn
6457
6458 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6459 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6460 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6461 Not every command provides helptext.
6462
6463 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6464 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6465 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6466 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6467 @end deffn
6468
6469 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6470 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6471 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6472 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6473 Useful in connection with script files
6474 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6475 @end deffn
6476
6477 @deffn Command shutdown
6478 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6479 @end deffn
6480
6481 @anchor{debuglevel}
6482 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6483 @cindex message level
6484 Display debug level.
6485 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6486 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6487 Level 0 is error messages only;
6488 level 1 adds warnings;
6489 level 2 adds informational messages;
6490 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6491 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6492 the command line along with the location of that log
6493 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6494 @xref{Running}.
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6498 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6499 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6500 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6501 @example
6502 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6503 @end example
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6507 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6508 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6509 @end deffn
6510
6511 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6512 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6516 @section Target State handling
6517 @cindex reset
6518 @cindex halt
6519 @cindex target initialization
6520
6521 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6522 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6523 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6524 a current target which is used to perform the
6525 various operations. The current target may be changed
6526 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6527 target which should become current.
6528
6529 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [(value|'force')]]
6530 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6531 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6532 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6533 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6534
6535 @emph{With no arguments}:
6536 list all available registers for the current target,
6537 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6538 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6539 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6540 are flagged as such.
6541
6542 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6543 Use @var{force} argument to read directly from the target,
6544 bypassing any internal cache.
6545
6546 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6547 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6548 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6549 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6550 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6551 relevant module will flush such values.
6552
6553 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6554 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6555
6556 @example
6557 > reg
6558 ===== ARM registers
6559 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6560 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6561 (2) r2 (/32)
6562 ...
6563 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6564 >
6565 @end example
6566 @end deffn
6567
6568 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6569 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6570 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6571 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6572 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6573 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6574 (and enter debug mode).
6575 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6576
6577 @quotation Warning
6578 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6579 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6580 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6581 power mode by gating the core clock;
6582 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6583
6584 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6585 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6586 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6587 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6588 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6589 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6590
6591 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6592 work with a JTAG debugger.
6593 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6594 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6595 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6596 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6597 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6598 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6599 @end quotation
6600
6601 @end deffn
6602
6603 @deffn Command resume [address]
6604 Resume the target at its current code position,
6605 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6606 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6607 @end deffn
6608
6609 @deffn Command step [address]
6610 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6611 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6612 @end deffn
6613
6614 @anchor{resetcommand}
6615 @deffn Command reset
6616 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6617 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6618 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6619 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6620 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6621 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6622
6623 The optional parameter specifies what should
6624 happen after the reset.
6625 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6626 The other options will not work on all systems.
6627 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6628
6629 @itemize @minus
6630 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6631 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6632 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6633 @end itemize
6634 @end deffn
6635
6636 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6637 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6638 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6639 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6640 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6641 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6642 state.
6643 @end deffn
6644
6645 @section I/O Utilities
6646
6647 These commands are available when
6648 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6649 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6650 notably the ZY1000.
6651 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6652
6653 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6654
6655 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6656 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6657 the text file @file{filename}.
6658 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6659 The last string is followed by a newline.
6660 @end deffn
6661
6662 @deffn Command cat filename
6663 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6664 @end deffn
6665
6666 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6667 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6668 into @file{dest_filename}.
6669 @end deffn
6670
6671 @deffn Command ip
6672 @emph{No description provided.}
6673 @end deffn
6674
6675 @deffn Command ls
6676 @emph{No description provided.}
6677 @end deffn
6678
6679 @deffn Command mac
6680 @emph{No description provided.}
6681 @end deffn
6682
6683 @deffn Command meminfo
6684 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6685 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6686 @end deffn
6687
6688 @deffn Command peek
6689 @emph{No description provided.}
6690 @end deffn
6691
6692 @deffn Command poke
6693 @emph{No description provided.}
6694 @end deffn
6695
6696 @deffn Command rm filename
6697 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6698 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6699 @end deffn
6700
6701 @deffn Command trunc filename
6702 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6703 @end deffn
6704
6705 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6706 @section Memory access commands
6707 @cindex memory access
6708
6709 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6710 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6711 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6712 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6713
6714 @enumerate
6715 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6716 to change the current target.
6717 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6718 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6719 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6720 @end enumerate
6721
6722 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6723 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6724 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6725 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6726 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6727 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6728 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6729 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6730 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6731 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6732 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6733 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6734 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6735 @end deffn
6736
6737 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6738 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6739 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6740 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6741 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6742 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6743 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6744 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6745 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6746 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6747 @end deffn
6748
6749 @anchor{imageaccess}
6750 @section Image loading commands
6751 @cindex image loading
6752 @cindex image dumping
6753
6754 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6755 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6756 binary file named @var{filename}.
6757 @end deffn
6758
6759 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6760 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6761 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6762 @end deffn
6763
6764 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6765 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6766 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6767 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6768 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6769 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6770 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6771 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6772 separately.
6773 @end deffn
6774
6775 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6776 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6777 The file format may optionally be specified
6778 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6779 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6780 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6781 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6782 @example
6783 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6784 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6785 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6786 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6787 @}
6788 @end example
6789 @end deffn
6790
6791 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6792 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6793 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6794 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6795 The file format may optionally be specified
6796 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6797 @end deffn
6798
6799 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6800 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6801 The file format may optionally be specified
6802 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6803 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6804 @end deffn
6805
6806
6807 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6808 @cindex breakpoint
6809 @cindex watchpoint
6810
6811 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6812 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6813 watchpoints.
6814 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6815
6816 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6817 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6818 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6819 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6820 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6821 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6822
6823 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6824 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6825 @end deffn
6826
6827 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6828 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6829 @end deffn
6830
6831 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6832 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6833 @end deffn
6834
6835 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6836 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6837 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6838 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6839 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6840 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6841 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6842 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6843 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6844 @end deffn
6845
6846 @section Misc Commands
6847
6848 @cindex profiling
6849 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename [start end]
6850 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6851 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6852 Saves up to 10000 samples in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out''
6853 format. Optional @option{start} and @option{end} parameters allow to
6854 limit the address range.
6855 @end deffn
6856
6857 @deffn Command {version}
6858 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6859 @end deffn
6860
6861 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6862 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6863 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6864 @end deffn
6865
6866 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6867 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6868 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6869 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6870
6871 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6872 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6873 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6874 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6875
6876 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6877 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6878 @cindex tracing
6879 @cindex ETM
6880 @cindex ETB
6881
6882 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6883 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6884 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6885
6886 @itemize
6887 @item
6888 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6889 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6890 supports such an interface.
6891 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6892 and trace port support.)
6893 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6894 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6895 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6896 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6897 in the board-specific configuration file.
6898 @item
6899 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6900 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6901 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6902 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6903 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6904 @end itemize
6905
6906 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6907
6908 @quotation Issues
6909 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6910 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6911
6912 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6913 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6914 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6915 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6916 dummy trace port driver}.
6917
6918 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6919 as well as tracing only during specific states
6920 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6921
6922 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6923 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6924 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6925 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6926 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6927
6928 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6929 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6930 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6931 this original style of JTAG access.
6932 @end quotation
6933
6934 @subsection ETM Configuration
6935 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6936
6937 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6938 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6939 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6940
6941 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6942 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6943 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6944 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6945 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6946 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6947 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6948 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6949 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6950
6951 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6952 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6953 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6954
6955 @quotation Warning
6956 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6957 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6958 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6959 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6960 @end quotation
6961
6962 @quotation Note
6963 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6964 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6965 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6966 what CPU activities are traced.
6967 @end quotation
6968 @end deffn
6969
6970 @deffn Command {etm info}
6971 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6972 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6973 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6974 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6975 @end deffn
6976
6977 @deffn Command {etm status}
6978 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6979 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6980 Did trace data overflow?
6981 Was it triggered?
6982 @end deffn
6983
6984 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6985 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6986 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6987 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6988 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6989
6990 @itemize
6991 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6992 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6993 The value is one of
6994 @option{none} (save nothing),
6995 @option{data} (save data),
6996 @option{address} (save addresses),
6997 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6998 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6999 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
7000 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
7001 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
7002 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
7003 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
7004 trace stream without an image of the code.
7005 @end itemize
7006 @end deffn
7007
7008 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7009 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
7010 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
7011 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
7012 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
7013
7014 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
7015 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
7016 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
7017 @end deffn
7018
7019 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
7020
7021 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
7022 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
7023 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
7024
7025 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
7026 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
7027 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
7028 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
7029 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
7030 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
7031 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
7032
7033 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
7034
7035 @itemize
7036 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
7037 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
7038 for instruction access within that function's body.
7039 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
7040 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
7041 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
7042 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
7043 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
7044 combining one of the above models with a counter.
7045 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
7046 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
7047 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
7048 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
7049 @item @emph{... more}
7050 @end itemize
7051
7052 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
7053 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
7054
7055 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
7056 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
7057 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
7058 @end deffn
7059
7060 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
7061 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
7062 @end deffn
7063
7064 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
7065 Opens an image file.
7066 @end deffn
7067
7068 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
7069 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
7070 @end deffn
7071
7072 @deffn Command {etm start}
7073 Starts trace data collection.
7074 @end deffn
7075
7076 @deffn Command {etm stop}
7077 Stops trace data collection.
7078 @end deffn
7079
7080 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
7081 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
7082
7083 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
7084
7085 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
7086 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
7087 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
7088 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
7089 any trace data collection.}
7090 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
7091 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
7092 @end deffn
7093 @end deffn
7094
7095 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
7096 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
7097 to use on-chip ETB memory.
7098 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
7099 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
7100 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
7101 @end deffn
7102 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
7103 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
7104 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
7105 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
7106 trace trigger becomes active.
7107
7108 @itemize
7109 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
7110 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
7111 afterwards.
7112 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
7113 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
7114 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
7115 what caused that event to happen.
7116 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
7117 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
7118 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
7119 how the event caused trouble.
7120 @end itemize
7121 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
7122 @end deffn
7123
7124 @end deffn
7125
7126 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
7127 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
7128 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
7129 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
7130 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
7131
7132 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
7133 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
7134
7135 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
7136 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
7137 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
7138 @end deffn
7139
7140 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
7141 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
7142 @end deffn
7143
7144 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
7145 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
7146 @end deffn
7147 @end deffn
7148
7149
7150 @section Generic ARM
7151 @cindex ARM
7152
7153 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
7154 They are available in addition to other core-specific
7155 commands that may be available.
7156
7157 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
7158 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
7159 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
7160 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
7161 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7162 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
7163 @end deffn
7164
7165 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
7166 @cindex disassemble
7167 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
7168 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
7169 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
7170 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
7171 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
7172 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7173 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
7174
7175 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
7176 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
7177 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
7178 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
7179 with a handful of exceptions.
7180 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
7181 @end deffn
7182
7183 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
7184 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
7185 passing parameters @var{CRn},
7186 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7187 and using the MCR instruction.
7188 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7189 an ARM register.)
7190 @end deffn
7191
7192 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7193 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7194 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7195 and the MRC instruction.
7196 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7197 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7198 an ARM register.)
7199 @end deffn
7200
7201 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7202 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7203 core mode if necessary.
7204 @end deffn
7205
7206 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7207 @cindex ARM semihosting
7208 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7209
7210 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7211 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7212 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7213 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7214 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7215 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7216 @end deffn
7217
7218 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7219 @cindex ARMv4
7220 @cindex ARMv5
7221
7222 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7223 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7224 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7225 variant.
7226
7227 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7228 @cindex ARM7
7229 @cindex ARM9
7230
7231 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7232 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7233 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7234 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7235
7236 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7237 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7238 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7239 instead of breakpoints.
7240 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7241
7242 This should be
7243 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7244 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7245 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7246 @end deffn
7247
7248 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7249 @cindex DCC
7250 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7251 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7252 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7253
7254 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7255 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7256 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7257 @end deffn
7258
7259 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7260 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7261 that don't check completion of the operation.
7262 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7263
7264 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7265 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7266 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7267 @end deffn
7268
7269 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7270 @cindex ARM720T
7271
7272 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7273 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7274 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7275 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7276
7277 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7278 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7279 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7280
7281 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7282 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7283 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7284 @end deffn
7285
7286 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7287 @cindex ARM9
7288
7289 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7290 integer processors.
7291 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7292
7293 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7294 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7295 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7296 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7297
7298 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7299 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7300 @cindex vector_catch
7301 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7302 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7303 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7304 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7305 to those hardware vectors.
7306
7307 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7308 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7309 vector catch hardware to intercept
7310 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7311 @option{none} of them,
7312 or a list with one or more of the following:
7313 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7314 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7315 @end deffn
7316
7317 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7318 @cindex ARM920T
7319
7320 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7321 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7322 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7323 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7324 and ARM9 commands.
7325
7326 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7327 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7328 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7329 @end deffn
7330
7331 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7332 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7333 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7334 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7335 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7336 (Not all registers can be written.)
7337 @end deffn
7338
7339 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7340 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7341 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7342
7343 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7344 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7345 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7346 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7347 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7348 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7349 @end deffn
7350
7351 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7352 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7353 @end deffn
7354
7355 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7356 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7357 @end deffn
7358
7359 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7360 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7361
7362 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7363 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7364 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7365 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7366 and ARM9 commands.
7367
7368 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7369 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7370
7371 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7372 Print information about the caches found.
7373 @end deffn
7374
7375 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7376 @cindex ARM966E
7377
7378 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7379 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7380 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7381 and ARM9 commands.
7382
7383 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7384 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7385 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7386 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7387 ARM966E-S TRM.
7388 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7389 as required for BIST support.
7390 @end deffn
7391
7392 @subsection XScale specific commands
7393 @cindex XScale
7394
7395 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7396
7397 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7398 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7399 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7400 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7401 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7402 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7403 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7404
7405 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7406 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7407 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7408 the mini-IC.
7409
7410 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7411 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7412 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7413 code layout in memory:
7414 @example
7415 _vectors:
7416 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7417 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7418 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7419 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7420 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7421 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7422 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7423 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7424 .org 0x100
7425 .long real_reset_vector
7426 .long real_ui_handler
7427 .long real_swi_handler
7428 .long real_pf_abort
7429 .long real_data_abort
7430 .long 0 /* unused */
7431 .long real_irq_handler
7432 .long real_fiq_handler
7433 @end example
7434
7435 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7436 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7437 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7438 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7439 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7440 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7441 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7442 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7443 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7444 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7445 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7446 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7447 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7448 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7449 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7450 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7451 software.
7452
7453 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7454 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7455 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7456 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7457
7458 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7459 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7460 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7461 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7462 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7463 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7464 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7465 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7466 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7467
7468 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7469 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7470
7471 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7472 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7473 @end deffn
7474
7475 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7476 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7477 @end deffn
7478
7479 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7480 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7481 @end deffn
7482
7483 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7484 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7485 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7486 @end deffn
7487
7488 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7489 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7490 @end deffn
7491
7492 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7493 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7494 @end deffn
7495
7496 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7497 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7498 @end deffn
7499
7500 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7501 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7502 @end deffn
7503
7504 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7505 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7506 @end deffn
7507
7508 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7509 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7510 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7511 and modifying how it is emptied.
7512 @end deffn
7513
7514 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7515 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7516 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7517 The image @var{type} may be one of
7518 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7519 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7520 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7521 @end deffn
7522
7523 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7524 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7525 @cindex vector_catch
7526 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7527 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7528
7529 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7530 @example
7531 0x01 Trap Reset
7532 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7533 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7534 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7535 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7536 0x20 reserved
7537 0x40 Trap IRQ
7538 0x80 Trap FIQ
7539 @end example
7540 @end deffn
7541
7542 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7543 @cindex vector_table
7544
7545 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7546 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7547 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7548 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7549 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7550
7551 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7552
7553 @end deffn
7554
7555 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7556 @cindex ARMv6
7557
7558 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7559 @cindex ARM11
7560
7561 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7562 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7563 which is enabled by default.
7564 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7565 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7566 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7567 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7568 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7569 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7570 @end deffn
7571
7572 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7573 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7574 which is enabled by default.
7575 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7576 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7577 @end deffn
7578
7579 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7580 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7581 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7582 they are disabled by default.
7583 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7584 @end deffn
7585
7586 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7587 @cindex vector_catch
7588 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7589 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7590 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7591
7592 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7593 for certain hardware events.
7594 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7595 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7596 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7597 @end deffn
7598
7599 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7600 @cindex ARMv7
7601
7602 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7603 @cindex Debug Access Port
7604 @cindex DAP
7605 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7606 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7607 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7608
7609 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7610 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7611 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7612 @end deffn
7613
7614 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7615 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7616 @end deffn
7617
7618 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7619 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7620 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7621 @end deffn
7622
7623 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7624 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7625 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7626 @end deffn
7627
7628 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7629 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7630 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7631 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7632 @end deffn
7633
7634 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7635 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7636 Defaulting to 0.
7637 @end deffn
7638
7639 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7640 @cindex Cortex-M
7641
7642 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7643 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7644
7645 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7646 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7647 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7648 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7649 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7650 the step command leaves with the core running.
7651
7652 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7653 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7654 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7655
7656 Default is @option{auto}.
7657 @end deffn
7658
7659 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7660 @cindex vector_catch
7661 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7662 for certain hardware events.
7663
7664 Parameters request interception of
7665 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7666 @option{none} of them,
7667 or one or more of the following:
7668 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7669 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7670 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7671 @option{irq_err},
7672 @option{state_err},
7673 @option{chk_err}, or
7674 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7675 @option{reset}.
7676 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7677 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7678 are mapped to HardFault.
7679 UsageFault checks for
7680 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7681 must also be explicitly enabled.
7682
7683 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7684 @end deffn
7685
7686 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7687 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7688 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7689 @itemize @minus
7690 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7691 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7692 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7693 @end itemize
7694 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7695 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7696 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7697 the peripherals.
7698 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7699 @end deffn
7700
7701 @section Intel Architecture
7702
7703 Intel Quark X10xx is the first product in the Quark family of SoCs. It is an IA-32
7704 (Pentium x86 ISA) compatible SoC. The core CPU in the X10xx is codenamed Lakemont.
7705 Lakemont version 1 (LMT1) is used in X10xx. The CPU TAP (Lakemont TAP) is used for
7706 software debug and the CLTAP is used for SoC level operations.
7707 Useful docs are here: https://communities.intel.com/community/makers/documentation
7708 @itemize
7709 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 OpenOCD/GDB/Eclipse App Note (web search for doc num 330015)
7710 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Debug Operations User Guide (web search for doc num 329866)
7711 @item Intel Quark SoC X1000 Datasheet (web search for doc num 329676)
7712 @end itemize
7713
7714 @subsection x86 32-bit specific commands
7715 The three main address spaces for x86 are memory, I/O and configuration space.
7716 These commands allow a user to read and write to the 64Kbyte I/O address space.
7717
7718 @deffn Command {x86_32 idw} address
7719 Display the contents of a 32-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7720 @end deffn
7721
7722 @deffn Command {x86_32 idh} address
7723 Display the contents of a 16-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7724 @end deffn
7725
7726 @deffn Command {x86_32 idb} address
7727 Display the contents of a 8-bit I/O port from address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7728 @end deffn
7729
7730 @deffn Command {x86_32 iww} address
7731 Write the contents of a 32-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7732 @end deffn
7733
7734 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwh} address
7735 Write the contents of a 16-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7736 @end deffn
7737
7738 @deffn Command {x86_32 iwb} address
7739 Write the contents of a 8-bit I/O port to address range 0x0000 - 0xffff.
7740 @end deffn
7741
7742 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7743
7744 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7745 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7746
7747 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7748 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7749 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7750 @end deffn
7751 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7752 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7753
7754 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7755
7756 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7757 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7758 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7759 @end deffn
7760
7761 @subsection Registers commands
7762 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7763 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7764 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7765
7766 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7767
7768 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7769 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7770 and "timer" groups.
7771
7772 @emph{example:}
7773 @example
7774 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7775 @end example
7776
7777
7778 @end deffn
7779 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7780 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7781
7782 @emph{group} can be "system",
7783 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7784 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7785 @end deffn
7786
7787 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7788 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7789 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7790 @cindex tracing
7791 @cindex libdcc
7792 @cindex DCC
7793 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7794 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7795 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7796 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7797
7798 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7799 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7800 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7801 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7802 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7803 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7804
7805 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7806 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7807 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7808 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7809 The target being debugged may
7810 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7811 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7812 each supported by a command:
7813
7814 @itemize
7815 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7816 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7817 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7818 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7819
7820 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7821 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7822 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7823
7824 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7825 and then displayed at any time.
7826 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7827
7828 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7829 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7830 @end itemize
7831
7832 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7833 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7834 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7835 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7836 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7837 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7838 does the same thing.
7839
7840 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7841 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7842 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7843 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7844 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7845
7846 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7847 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7848 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7849 @end deffn
7850
7851 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7852 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7853 in the order they triggered.
7854 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7855 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7856 history records.
7857 @end deffn
7858
7859 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7860 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7861 they have been triggered.
7862 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7863 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7864 and associates it with that identifier.
7865
7866 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7867 are not related except by this command.
7868 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7869 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7870 @end deffn
7871
7872
7873 @node JTAG Commands
7874 @chapter JTAG Commands
7875 @cindex JTAG Commands
7876 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7877 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7878 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7879 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7880 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7881
7882 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7883 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7884
7885 @itemize @bullet
7886 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7887 devices such as a CPUs.
7888 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7889 standard state machine (in parallel)
7890 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7891 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7892 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7893 while the reading previous ones.
7894 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7895 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7896 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7897 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7898 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7899 registers.
7900 @end itemize
7901
7902 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7903
7904 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7905 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7906 the order of TAP state transitions.
7907 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7908 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7909 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7910 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7911 these commands are not available.
7912
7913 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7914 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7915 that specify the entire register.
7916 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7917 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7918 The return value holds the original value of each
7919 of those fields.
7920
7921 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7922 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7923 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7924 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7925 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7926
7927 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7928 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7929
7930 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7931 in that state.
7932 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7933 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7934 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7935
7936 @quotation Warning
7937 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7938 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7939 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7940 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7941 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7942 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7943 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7944 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7945 @end quotation
7946 @end deffn
7947
7948 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7949 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7950 This may be used for performance tuning.
7951
7952 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7953 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7954 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7955 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7956 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7957 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7958 @end deffn
7959
7960 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7961 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7962 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7963 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7964 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7965 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7966
7967 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7968 in that state.
7969 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7970 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7971 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7972
7973 @quotation Note
7974 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7975 register values, unlike data register values.
7976 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7977 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7978 @end quotation
7979 @end deffn
7980
7981 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7982 Set values of reset signals.
7983 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7984 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7985 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7986 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7987 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7988 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7989 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7990
7991 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7992 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7993 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7994 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7995 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7996 instead of the TRST signal.
7997 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7998 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7999 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
8000 with handlers for that event.
8001 @end deffn
8002
8003 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
8004 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
8005 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
8006 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
8007 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
8008 Then, in a series of single state transitions
8009 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
8010 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
8011 The final state must also be stable.
8012 @end deffn
8013
8014 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
8015 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
8016 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
8017 Instructions often need some time
8018 to execute before they take effect.
8019 @end deffn
8020
8021 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
8022 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
8023
8024 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
8025 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
8026 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
8027 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
8028 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
8029 @end deffn
8030
8031 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
8032 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
8033 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
8034 must also be enabled.
8035 Default is enabled.
8036 @end deffn
8037
8038 @section TAP state names
8039 @cindex TAP state names
8040
8041 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
8042 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
8043 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
8044 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
8045
8046 @itemize @bullet
8047 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
8048 acts as if TRST were pulsed
8049 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
8050 @item @b{DRSELECT}
8051 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
8052 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
8053 through the data register
8054 @item @b{DREXIT1}
8055 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
8056 for update or more shifting
8057 @item @b{DREXIT2}
8058 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
8059 @item @b{IRSELECT}
8060 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
8061 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
8062 through the instruction register
8063 @item @b{IREXIT1}
8064 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
8065 for update or more shifting
8066 @item @b{IREXIT2}
8067 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
8068 @end itemize
8069
8070 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
8071 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
8072 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
8073 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
8074
8075 @itemize @bullet
8076 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
8077 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
8078 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
8079 may not be as expected.
8080 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
8081 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
8082 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
8083 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
8084 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
8085 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
8086 @end itemize
8087
8088 @node Boundary Scan Commands
8089 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
8090
8091 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
8092 boundary scan based hardware testing.
8093 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
8094 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
8095
8096 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
8097 @cindex Serial Vector Format
8098 @cindex SVF
8099
8100 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
8101 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
8102 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
8103 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
8104
8105 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
8106 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
8107 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
8108 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
8109 each command is logged before it is executed.
8110 @end deffn
8111
8112 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
8113 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
8114 @cindex XSVF
8115
8116 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
8117 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
8118 Xilinx devices.
8119 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
8120 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
8121
8122 @quotation Important
8123 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
8124 @end quotation
8125
8126 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
8127 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
8128 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
8129 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
8130 that TAP.
8131 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
8132 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
8133 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
8134 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
8135 @end deffn
8136
8137 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
8138 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
8139 after building the software.
8140 You may find them useful:
8141
8142 @itemize
8143 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
8144 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
8145 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
8146 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
8147 @end itemize
8148
8149 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
8150 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
8151 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
8152 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
8153 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
8154 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
8155 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
8156
8157
8158 @node Utility Commands
8159 @chapter Utility Commands
8160 @cindex Utility Commands
8161
8162 @section RAM testing
8163 @cindex RAM testing
8164
8165 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
8166 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
8167 testing procedures allowing the detection of all sorts of issues with
8168 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
8169 hardware problems.
8170
8171 To use them, you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first;
8172 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
8173 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
8174 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
8175
8176 Load the memory testing functions with
8177
8178 @example
8179 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
8180 @end example
8181
8182 to get access to the following facilities:
8183
8184 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
8185 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
8186 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
8187 @end deffn
8188
8189 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
8190 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
8191 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
8192 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
8193 @end deffn
8194
8195 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
8196 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
8197 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
8198 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
8199 @end deffn
8200
8201 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
8202 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
8203 @end deffn
8204
8205 @section Firmware recovery helpers
8206 @cindex Firmware recovery
8207
8208 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to facilitate mass-market
8209 devices recovery with JTAG.
8210
8211 For quickstart instructions run:
8212 @example
8213 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
8214 @end example
8215
8216 @node TFTP
8217 @chapter TFTP
8218 @cindex TFTP
8219 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host (as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
8220 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
8221
8222 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
8223 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
8224 server (tftpd). For example,
8225
8226 @example
8227 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
8228 @end example
8229
8230 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8231 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8232
8233 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8234 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8235 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8236 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8237
8238 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8239 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8240 @cindex GDB
8241 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol and, as such, can be used
8242 to debug remote targets.
8243 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8244
8245 @itemize
8246 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8247 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8248 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8249 as shown in this chapter.
8250 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8251 that also will probably need to be configured.
8252 @end itemize
8253
8254 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8255 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8256 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8257 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8258 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8259 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8260
8261 @section Connecting to GDB
8262 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8263 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8264 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8265 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8266 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8267
8268 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8269
8270 @enumerate
8271 @item
8272 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8273 @example
8274 target remote localhost:3333
8275 @end example
8276 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8277
8278 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8279 @example
8280 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8281 @end example
8282 @item
8283 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8284 @example
8285 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8286 @end example
8287 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8288 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8289 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8290 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8291 @end enumerate
8292
8293 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8294 GDB command line.
8295
8296 @section Sample GDB session startup
8297
8298 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8299 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8300 Here's an example showing how to start a debug session with a
8301 small ARM program.
8302 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8303 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8304
8305 @example
8306 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8307 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8308 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8309 ...
8310 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8311 ...
8312 (gdb) load
8313 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8314 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8315 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8316 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8317 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8318 (gdb) continue
8319 Continuing.
8320 ...
8321 @end example
8322
8323 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8324 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8325 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8326 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8327
8328 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8329
8330 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8331 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8332 packet size and the device's memory map.
8333 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8334 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8335 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8336
8337 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8338 You may need to set those up by hand.
8339 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8340 something like:
8341
8342 @example
8343 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8344 @end example
8345
8346 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8347
8348 @example
8349 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8350 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8351 @end example
8352
8353 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8354 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8355 do not have such restrictions.
8356
8357 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8358 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8359 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8360
8361 @example
8362 define hook-step
8363 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8364 end
8365 define hookpost-step
8366 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8367 end
8368 @end example
8369
8370 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8371 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8372 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8373 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8374
8375 @section Programming using GDB
8376 @cindex Programming using GDB
8377 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8378
8379 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8380 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8381 @example
8382 gdb_memory_map disable
8383 @end example
8384 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8385 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8386 working area.
8387
8388 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8389 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8390 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8391 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8392
8393 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}.
8394 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8395
8396 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8397 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8398 @example
8399 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8400 @end example
8401
8402 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8403 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8404
8405 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8406 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8407 will be used.
8408
8409 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8410 script can be executed:
8411 @example
8412 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8413 @end example
8414
8415 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8416 can be used.
8417 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8418 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8419 @cindex SMP
8420 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8421 @itemize @bullet
8422 @item j - smp status request
8423 @item J - smp set request
8424 @end itemize
8425
8426 OpenOCD implements :
8427 @itemize @bullet
8428 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8429 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8430 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8431 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8432 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8433 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8434 @end itemize
8435
8436 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8437 @itemize @bullet
8438 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8439 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8440 @example
8441 set $_core 1
8442 #Jc01 packet is sent
8443 print $_core
8444 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8445 @end example
8446
8447 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8448 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8449
8450 @example
8451 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8452 define toggle0
8453 maint packet Jc0
8454 continue
8455 main packet Jc-1
8456 end
8457 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8458 define toggle1
8459 maint packet Jc1
8460 continue
8461 main packet Jc-1
8462 end
8463 @end example
8464 @end itemize
8465
8466 @section RTOS Support
8467 @cindex RTOS Support
8468 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8469
8470 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8471 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8472
8473 @* An example setup is below:
8474
8475 @example
8476 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8477 @end example
8478
8479 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8480
8481 Currently supported rtos's include:
8482 @itemize @bullet
8483 @item @option{eCos}
8484 @item @option{ThreadX}
8485 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8486 @item @option{linux}
8487 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8488 @item @option{embKernel}
8489 @end itemize
8490
8491 @quotation Note
8492 Before an RTOS can be detected, it must export certain symbols; otherwise, it cannot
8493 be used by OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8494 @end quotation
8495
8496 @table @code
8497 @item eCos symbols
8498 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8499 @item ThreadX symbols
8500 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8501 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8502 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8503 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8504 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8505 @item linux symbols
8506 init_task.
8507 @item ChibiOS symbols
8508 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8509 @item embKernel symbols
8510 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8511 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8512 @end table
8513
8514 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8515 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8516 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8517
8518 @node Tcl Scripting API
8519 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8520 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8521 @cindex Tcl scripts
8522 @section API rules
8523
8524 Tcl commands are stateless; e.g. the @command{telnet} command has
8525 a concept of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort
8526 of state information as an argument to each proc.
8527
8528 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8529 pair list and lists.
8530
8531 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8532 list.
8533
8534 @example
8535 > set foo(me) Duane
8536 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8537 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8538 > set foo(duck) Donald
8539 @end example
8540
8541 If one does this:
8542
8543 @example
8544 > set foo
8545 @end example
8546
8547 The result is:
8548
8549 @example
8550 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8551 @end example
8552
8553 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8554
8555 @verbatim
8556 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8557 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8558 }
8559 @end verbatim
8560
8561 Lists returned should be relatively small. Otherwise, a range
8562 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8563
8564 @section Internal low-level Commands
8565
8566 By "low-level," we mean commands that a human would typically not
8567 invoke directly.
8568
8569 Some low-level commands need to be prefixed with "ocd_"; e.g.
8570 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8571 is the low-level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8572
8573 @itemize @bullet
8574 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8575
8576 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8577 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8578
8579 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8580 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8581
8582 Return information about the flash banks
8583
8584 @item @b{capture} <@var{command}>
8585
8586 Run <@var{command}> and return full log output that was produced during
8587 its execution. Example:
8588
8589 @example
8590 > capture "reset init"
8591 @end example
8592
8593 @end itemize
8594
8595 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8596 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8597 called "flash_banks".
8598
8599 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8600
8601 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8602 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8603 holds one of the following values:
8604
8605 @itemize @bullet
8606 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8607 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8608 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8609 @item @b{openbsd} Running under OpenBSD
8610 @item @b{netbsd} Running under NetBSD
8611 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8612 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8613 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8614 @item @b{ecos} Running under eCos
8615 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8616 @end itemize
8617
8618 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8619
8620 @quotation Note
8621 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8622 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8623 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8624 is jim, not real tcl).
8625 @end quotation
8626
8627 @section Tcl RPC server
8628 @cindex RPC
8629
8630 OpenOCD provides a simple RPC server that allows to run arbitrary Tcl
8631 commands and receive the results.
8632
8633 To access it, your application needs to connect to a configured TCP port
8634 (see @command{tcl_port}). Then it can pass any string to the
8635 interpreter terminating it with @code{0x1a} and wait for the return
8636 value (it will be terminated with @code{0x1a} as well). This can be
8637 repeated as many times as desired without reopening the connection.
8638
8639 Remember that most of the OpenOCD commands need to be prefixed with
8640 @code{ocd_} to get the results back. Sometimes you might also need the
8641 @command{capture} command.
8642
8643 See @file{contrib/rpc_examples/} for specific client implementations.
8644
8645 @node FAQ
8646 @chapter FAQ
8647 @cindex faq
8648 @enumerate
8649 @anchor{faqrtck}
8650 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8651 @cindex RTCK
8652 @cindex adaptive clocking
8653 @*
8654
8655 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8656 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8657 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8658 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8659
8660 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8661 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8662 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8663 @enumerate
8664 @item
8665 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8666 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8667 @item
8668 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8669 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8670 @end enumerate
8671
8672 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8673 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8674 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8675 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8676 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8677 power).
8678
8679 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8680 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8681 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8682 ARM926 scenario).
8683 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8684 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8685 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8686
8687 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8688 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8689 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8690 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8691
8692 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8693
8694 In order to make use of this,
8695 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8696 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8697
8698 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8699 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8700 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8701 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8702 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8703
8704 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8705 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8706 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8707 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8708
8709 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8710 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8711 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8712 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8713 with a CPLD.
8714 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8715 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8716 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8717 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8718 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8719 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8720
8721 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8722
8723 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8724
8725 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8726 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8727 depending on the chips on your board.
8728 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8729 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8730 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8731
8732 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8733 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8734 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8735
8736 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8737 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8738 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8739 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8740
8741 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8742 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8743 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8744 this way.
8745
8746 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8747 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8748 clock rate.
8749 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8750 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8751 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8752
8753 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8754
8755 @example
8756 # Example: 1.234MHz
8757 adapter_khz 1234
8758 @end example
8759
8760
8761 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8762
8763 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8764 around Windows filenames.
8765
8766 @example
8767 > echo \a
8768
8769 > echo @{\a@}
8770 \a
8771 > echo "\a"
8772
8773 >
8774 @end example
8775
8776
8777 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8778
8779 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8780 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8781 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8782
8783 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8784 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8785 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8786
8787 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8788 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8789 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8790
8791 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8792
8793 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8794 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8795 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8796 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8797
8798 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8799 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8800 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8801
8802 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8803 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8804
8805 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8806 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8807 memory read caused data abort".
8808
8809 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8810 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8811 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8812 be done, feel free to add this here.
8813
8814 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8815 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8816 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8817 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8818 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8819 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8820 gracefully stops.
8821
8822 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8823 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8824 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8825
8826 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8827 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8828 bytes. Painful...
8829
8830
8831 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8832 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8833
8834 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8835 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8836 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8837 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8838 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8839 reset, everything else should work fine.
8840
8841 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8842 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8843 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8844 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8845
8846 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8847 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8848 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8849 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8850
8851 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8852
8853 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8854 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8855 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8856 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8857
8858 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8859 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8860 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8861 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8862
8863 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8864 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8865 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8866
8867 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8868 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8869
8870 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8871 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8872 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8873 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8874 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8875 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8876 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8877 clock frequency?
8878
8879 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8880 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8881 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8882 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8883 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8884
8885 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8886
8887 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8888 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8889 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8890 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8891 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8892 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8893 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8894
8895 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8896
8897 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8898 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8899 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8900 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8901
8902 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8903 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8904 particular order?
8905
8906 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8907 the same order used by the hardware.
8908
8909 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8910 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8911 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8912 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8913 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8914 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8915
8916 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8917 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8918 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8919 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8920
8921 @itemize @bullet
8922 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8923 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8924 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8925 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8926 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8927 @end itemize
8928
8929 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8930
8931 @itemize @bullet
8932 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8933 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8934 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8935 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8936 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8937 @end itemize
8938
8939
8940 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8941 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8942 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8943
8944 TODO.
8945
8946 @end enumerate
8947
8948 @node Tcl Crash Course
8949 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8950 @cindex Tcl
8951
8952 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8953 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8954 how the Tcl scripts work.
8955
8956 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8957 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8958 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8959 OpenOCD.
8960
8961 @section Tcl Rule #1
8962 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8963 @enumerate
8964 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8965 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8966 @end enumerate
8967
8968 The Tcl equal is this:
8969
8970 @enumerate
8971 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8972 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8973 @end enumerate
8974
8975 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8976 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8977
8978 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8979 There is a second pair of rules.
8980 @enumerate
8981 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8982 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8983 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8984 in Tcl.
8985 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8986 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8987 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8988 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8989 @end enumerate
8990
8991 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8992 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8993 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8994 Everything is a string}
8995
8996 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8997 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8998 difference is subtle.
8999 @enumerate
9000 @item Parse Time
9001 @item Evaluation Time
9002 @end enumerate
9003
9004 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
9005 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
9006 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
9007
9008 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
9009 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
9010 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
9011 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
9012
9013 @itemize @bullet
9014 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
9015 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
9016 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
9017 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
9018 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
9019 @example
9020 # bash example
9021 X=`date`
9022 echo "The Date is: $X"
9023 # Tcl example
9024 set X [date]
9025 puts "The Date is: $X"
9026 @end example
9027 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
9028 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
9029 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
9030 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
9031 is a string}
9032 @example
9033 set x "Dinner"
9034 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
9035 @end example
9036 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
9037 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
9038 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
9039 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
9040 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
9041 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
9042 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
9043 @end itemize
9044
9045 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
9046
9047 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
9048
9049 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
9050
9051 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
9052 the normal way.
9053
9054 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
9055 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
9056 line is immedatly executed.
9057
9058 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
9059 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
9060
9061 @subsection Command Execution
9062
9063 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
9064 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
9065 control flow operators.
9066
9067 Commands are executed like this:
9068
9069 @enumerate
9070 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
9071 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
9072 @item Repeat until End Of File.
9073 @end enumerate
9074
9075 It sort of works like this:
9076 @example
9077 for(;;)@{
9078 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
9079
9080 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
9081
9082 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
9083 @}
9084 @end example
9085
9086 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
9087 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
9088 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
9089 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
9090 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
9091 ``LookupCommand()''
9092
9093 @subsection The FOR command
9094
9095 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
9096 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
9097 command just like any other command.
9098
9099 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
9100 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
9101 are:
9102
9103 @enumerate 0
9104 @item The ascii text 'for'
9105 @item The start text
9106 @item The test expression
9107 @item The next text
9108 @item The body text
9109 @end enumerate
9110
9111 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
9112 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
9113 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
9114 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
9115
9116 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
9117 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
9118
9119 @example
9120 int
9121 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
9122 int *argc,
9123 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
9124 @end example
9125
9126 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
9127 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
9128 still operates in the same basic way.
9129
9130 @subsection FOR command implementation
9131
9132 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
9133 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
9134
9135 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
9136
9137 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
9138
9139 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
9140 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
9141 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
9142
9143 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
9144 expression and returns a value.
9145
9146 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
9147 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
9148 @example
9149 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
9150
9151 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
9152
9153 int
9154 MyForCommand( void *interp,
9155 int argc,
9156 char **argv )
9157 @{
9158 if( argc != 5 )@{
9159 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
9160 return ERROR;
9161 @}
9162
9163 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
9164
9165 // Execute the start statement.
9166 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
9167
9168 // Top of loop test
9169 for(;;)@{
9170 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
9171 if( i == 0 )
9172 break;
9173
9174 // Execute the body
9175 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
9176
9177 // Execute the LOOP part
9178 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
9179 @}
9180
9181 // Return no error
9182 SetResult( interp, "" );
9183 return SUCCESS;
9184 @}
9185 @end example
9186
9187 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
9188 in the same basic way.
9189
9190 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
9191
9192 @subsection source and find commands
9193 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
9194 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
9195 @*Remember the parsing rules
9196 @enumerate
9197 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
9198 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
9199 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
9200 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
9201 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
9202 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
9203 That character begins Tcl comments.)
9204 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
9205 it reads a file and executes as a script.
9206 @end enumerate
9207 @subsection format command
9208 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
9209 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
9210 @b{sprintf()}.
9211 @b{Example}
9212 @example
9213 set x 6
9214 set y 7
9215 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
9216 @end example
9217 @enumerate
9218 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
9219 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
9220 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
9221 @* Refer to Rule #1
9222 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
9223 @* Refer to Rule #1.
9224 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
9225 @end enumerate
9226 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
9227 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
9228 @example
9229 #1 Good
9230 proc someproc @{@} @{
9231 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
9232 @}
9233 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
9234 #2 Good - no variables
9235 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
9236 #3 Good Curly Braces
9237 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
9238 puts "Time: [date]"
9239 @}
9240 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
9241 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
9242 @end example
9243 @enumerate
9244 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
9245 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
9246 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
9247 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
9248 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
9249 command.
9250 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
9251 @*There are 4 examples:
9252 @enumerate
9253 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
9254 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
9255 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
9256 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
9257 @end enumerate
9258
9259 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
9260 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
9261 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
9262
9263 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
9264 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
9265 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9266 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9267 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9268 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9269 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9270 @end enumerate
9271 @subsection Global Variables
9272 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9273 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9274 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9275 @example
9276 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9277 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9278 global x #Global variable X
9279 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9280 @}
9281 @end example
9282 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9283 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9284 @example
9285 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9286 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9287 # Create var name
9288 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9289 # Make it a global
9290 global $vn
9291 # Set it.
9292 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9293 @}
9294 @end example
9295 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9296 @example
9297 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9298 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9299 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9300 @}
9301 @end example
9302
9303 @include fdl.texi
9304
9305 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9306 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9307 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9308 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9309 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9310 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9311
9312 @printindex cp
9313
9314 @node Command and Driver Index
9315 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9316 @printindex fn
9317
9318 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)